/* High-level LLVM backend interface
Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Chris Lattner (sabre@nondot.org)

This file is part of GCC.

GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
version.

GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with GCC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
02111-1307, USA.  */

//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
// This is the code that converts GCC AST nodes into LLVM code.
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

// LLVM headers
#include "llvm/ValueSymbolTable.h"
#include "llvm/CallingConv.h"
#include "llvm/Constants.h"
#include "llvm/DerivedTypes.h"
#include "llvm/InlineAsm.h"
#include "llvm/Instructions.h"
#include "llvm/LLVMContext.h"
#include "llvm/Module.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
#include "llvm/System/Host.h"
#include "llvm/Support/CFG.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
#include "llvm/Support/ValueHandle.h"
#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
#include "llvm/Target/TargetLowering.h"
#include "llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"

// System headers
#include <gmp.h>

// GCC headers
#undef VISIBILITY_HIDDEN

extern "C" {
#include "config.h"
#include "system.h"
#include "coretypes.h"
#include "target.h"
#include "tree.h"

#include "tm_p.h"
//TODO#include "c-tree.h"  // FIXME: eliminate.
#include "tree-iterator.h"
#include "output.h"
#include "diagnostic.h"
#include "real.h"
#include "function.h"
#include "toplev.h"
#include "flags.h"
#include "hard-reg-set.h"
//#include "except.h"
//#include "libfuncs.h"
#include "tree-flow.h"
#include "tree-pass.h"
#include "rtl.h"
#include "langhooks.h"

extern int get_pointer_alignment (tree exp, unsigned int max_align);
extern enum machine_mode reg_raw_mode[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
}

// Plugin headers
#include "llvm-abi.h"
#include "llvm-internal.h"
#include "llvm-debug.h"
#include "bits_and_bobs.h"

static LLVMContext &Context = getGlobalContext();

STATISTIC(NumBasicBlocks, "Number of basic blocks converted");
STATISTIC(NumStatements,  "Number of gimple statements converted");

/// dump - Print a gimple statement to standard error.
void dump(gimple stmt) {
  print_gimple_stmt(stderr, stmt, 0, TDF_RAW);
}

/// getINTEGER_CSTVal - Return the specified INTEGER_CST value as a uint64_t.
///
uint64_t getINTEGER_CSTVal(tree exp) {
  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT HI = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)TREE_INT_CST_HIGH(exp);
  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT LO = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)TREE_INT_CST_LOW(exp);
  if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64) {
    return (uint64_t)LO;
  } else {
    assert(HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 &&
           "Only 32- and 64-bit hosts supported!");
    return ((uint64_t)HI << 32) | (uint64_t)LO;
  }
}

/// isInt64 - Return true if t is an INTEGER_CST that fits in a 64 bit integer.
/// If Unsigned is false, returns whether it fits in a int64_t.  If Unsigned is
/// true, returns whether the value is non-negative and fits in a uint64_t.
/// Always returns false for overflowed constants.
bool isInt64(tree t, bool Unsigned) {
  if (!t)
    return false;
  if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64)
    return host_integerp(t, Unsigned) && !TREE_OVERFLOW (t);
  assert(HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 &&
         "Only 32- and 64-bit hosts supported!");
  return
    (TREE_CODE (t) == INTEGER_CST && !TREE_OVERFLOW (t))
    && ((TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(t)) == Unsigned) ||
        // If the constant is signed and we want an unsigned result, check
        // that the value is non-negative.  If the constant is unsigned and
        // we want a signed result, check it fits in 63 bits.
        (HOST_WIDE_INT)TREE_INT_CST_HIGH(t) >= 0);
}

/// getInt64 - Extract the value of an INTEGER_CST as a 64 bit integer.  If
/// Unsigned is false, the value must fit in a int64_t.  If Unsigned is true,
/// the value must be non-negative and fit in a uint64_t.  Must not be used on
/// overflowed constants.  These conditions can be checked by calling isInt64.
uint64_t getInt64(tree t, bool Unsigned) {
  assert(isInt64(t, Unsigned) && "invalid constant!");
  return getINTEGER_CSTVal(t);
}

/// getPointerAlignment - Return the alignment in bytes of exp, a pointer valued
/// expression, or 1 if the alignment is not known.
static unsigned int getPointerAlignment(tree exp) {
  assert(POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)) && "Expected a pointer type!");
  unsigned int align = get_pointer_alignment(exp, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / 8;
  return align ? align : 1;
}

/// getSSAPlaceholder - A fake value associated with an SSA name when the name
/// is used before being defined (this can occur because basic blocks are not
/// output in dominator order).  Replaced with the correct value when the SSA
/// name's definition is encountered.
static Value *GetSSAPlaceholder(const Type *Ty) {
  // Cannot use a constant, since there is no way to distinguish a fake value
  // from a real value.  So use an instruction with no parent.  This needs to
  // be an instruction that can return a struct type, since the SSA name might
  // be a complex number.  It could be a PHINode, except that the GCC phi node
  // conversion logic also constructs phi nodes with no parent.  A SelectInst
  // would work, but a LoadInst seemed neater.
  return new LoadInst(UndefValue::get(Ty->getPointerTo()), NULL);
}

/// isSSAPlaceholder - Whether this is a fake value being used as a placeholder
/// for the definition of an SSA name.
static bool isSSAPlaceholder(Value *V) {
  LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(V);
  return LI && !LI->getParent();
}

/// NameValue - Try to name the given value after the given GCC tree node.  If
/// the GCC tree node has no sensible name then it does nothing.  If the value
/// already has a name then it is not changed.
static void NameValue(Value *V, tree t, Twine Prefix = Twine(),
                      Twine Postfix = Twine()) {
  // If the value already has a name, do not change it.
  if (V->hasName())
    return;

  // No sensible name - give up, discarding any pre- and post-fixes.
  if (!t)
    return;

  switch (TREE_CODE(t)) {
  default:
    // Unhandled case - give up.
    return;

  case CONST_DECL:
  case FIELD_DECL:
  case FUNCTION_DECL:
  case NAMESPACE_DECL:
  case PARM_DECL:
  case VAR_DECL: {
    if (DECL_NAME(t)) {
      StringRef Ident(IDENTIFIER_POINTER(DECL_NAME(t)),
                      IDENTIFIER_LENGTH(DECL_NAME(t)));
      V->setName(Prefix + Ident + Postfix);
      return;
    }
    const char *Annotation = TREE_CODE(t) == CONST_DECL ? "C." : "D.";
    Twine UID(DECL_UID(t));
    V->setName(Prefix + Annotation + UID + Postfix);
    return;
  }

  case RESULT_DECL:
    V->setName(Prefix + "<retval>" + Postfix);
    return;

  case SSA_NAME:
    Twine NameVersion(SSA_NAME_VERSION(t));
    NameValue(V, SSA_NAME_VAR(t), Prefix, "_" + NameVersion + Postfix);
    return;
  }
}

//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//                         ... High-Level Methods ...
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

/// TheTreeToLLVM - Keep track of the current function being compiled.
static TreeToLLVM *TheTreeToLLVM = 0;

const TargetData &getTargetData() {
  return *TheTarget->getTargetData();
}

/// EmitDebugInfo - Return true if debug info is to be emitted for current 
/// function.
bool TreeToLLVM::EmitDebugInfo() {
  if (TheDebugInfo && !DECL_IGNORED_P(getFUNCTION_DECL()))
    return true;
  return false;
}

TreeToLLVM::TreeToLLVM(tree fndecl) :
    TD(getTargetData()), Builder(Context, *TheFolder) {
  FnDecl = fndecl;
  Fn = 0;
  ReturnBB = UnwindBB = 0;
  ReturnOffset = 0;

  if (EmitDebugInfo()) {
    expanded_location Location = expand_location(DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (fndecl));

    if (Location.file) {
      TheDebugInfo->setLocationFile(Location.file);
      TheDebugInfo->setLocationLine(Location.line);
    } else {
      TheDebugInfo->setLocationFile("");
      TheDebugInfo->setLocationLine(0);
    }
  }

  AllocaInsertionPoint = 0;

  ExceptionValue = 0;
  ExceptionSelectorValue = 0;
  FuncEHException = 0;
  FuncEHSelector = 0;
  FuncEHGetTypeID = 0;

  assert(TheTreeToLLVM == 0 && "Reentering function creation?");
  TheTreeToLLVM = this;
}

TreeToLLVM::~TreeToLLVM() {
  TheTreeToLLVM = 0;
}

//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//                         ... Local declarations ...
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

/// isLocalDecl - Whether this declaration is local to the current function.
static bool isLocalDecl(tree decl) {
  assert(HAS_RTL_P(decl) && "Expected a declaration with RTL!");
  return DECL_CONTEXT(decl) == current_function_decl &&
    !TREE_STATIC(decl) && // Static variables not considered local.
    TREE_CODE(decl) != FUNCTION_DECL; // Nested functions not considered local.
}

/// set_decl_local - Remember the LLVM value for a GCC declaration.
Value *TreeToLLVM::set_decl_local(tree decl, Value *V) {
  if (!isLocalDecl(decl))
    return set_decl_llvm(decl, V);
  if (V != NULL)
    return LocalDecls[decl] = V;
  LocalDecls.erase(decl);
  return NULL;
}

/// get_decl_local - Retrieve the LLVM value for a GCC declaration, or NULL.
Value *TreeToLLVM::get_decl_local(tree decl) {
  if (!isLocalDecl(decl))
    return get_decl_llvm(decl);
  DenseMap<tree, AssertingVH<Value> >::iterator I = LocalDecls.find(decl);
  if (I != LocalDecls.end())
    return I->second;
  return NULL;
}

/// make_decl_local - Return the LLVM value for a GCC declaration if it exists.
/// Otherwise creates and returns an appropriate value.
Value *TreeToLLVM::make_decl_local(tree decl) {
  if (!isLocalDecl(decl))
    return make_decl_llvm(decl);

  DenseMap<tree, AssertingVH<Value> >::iterator I = LocalDecls.find(decl);
  if (I != LocalDecls.end())
    return I->second;

  switch (TREE_CODE(decl)) {
  default:
    llvm_unreachable("Unhandled local declaration!");

  case RESULT_DECL:
  case VAR_DECL:
    EmitAutomaticVariableDecl(decl);
    I = LocalDecls.find(decl);
    assert(I != LocalDecls.end() && "Not a local variable?");
    return I->second;
  }
}

/// make_definition_local - Ensure that the body or initial value of the given
/// GCC declaration will be output, and return a declaration for it.
Value *TreeToLLVM::make_definition_local(tree decl) {
  if (!isLocalDecl(decl))
    return make_definition_llvm(decl);
  return make_decl_local(decl);
}

/// llvm_store_scalar_argument - Store scalar argument ARGVAL of type
/// LLVMTY at location LOC.
static void llvm_store_scalar_argument(Value *Loc, Value *ArgVal,
                                       const llvm::Type *LLVMTy,
                                       unsigned RealSize,
                                       LLVMBuilder &Builder) {
  if (RealSize) {
    // Not clear what this is supposed to do on big endian machines...
    assert(!BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && "Unsupported case - please report");
    // Do byte wise store because actual argument type does not match LLVMTy.
    assert(ArgVal->getType()->isIntegerTy() && "Expected an integer value!");
    const Type *StoreType = IntegerType::get(Context, RealSize * 8);
    Loc = Builder.CreateBitCast(Loc, StoreType->getPointerTo());
    if (ArgVal->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() >=
        StoreType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits())
      ArgVal = Builder.CreateTrunc(ArgVal, StoreType);
    else
      ArgVal = Builder.CreateZExt(ArgVal, StoreType);
    Builder.CreateStore(ArgVal, Loc);
  } else {
    // This cast only involves pointers, therefore BitCast.
    Loc = Builder.CreateBitCast(Loc, LLVMTy->getPointerTo());
    Builder.CreateStore(ArgVal, Loc);
  }
}

#ifndef LLVM_STORE_SCALAR_ARGUMENT
#define LLVM_STORE_SCALAR_ARGUMENT(LOC,ARG,TYPE,SIZE,BUILDER)   \
  llvm_store_scalar_argument((LOC),(ARG),(TYPE),(SIZE),(BUILDER))
#endif

namespace {
  /// FunctionPrologArgumentConversion - This helper class is driven by the ABI
  /// definition for this target to figure out how to retrieve arguments from
  /// the stack/regs coming into a function and store them into an appropriate
  /// alloca for the argument.
  struct FunctionPrologArgumentConversion : public DefaultABIClient {
    tree FunctionDecl;
    Function::arg_iterator &AI;
    LLVMBuilder Builder;
    std::vector<Value*> LocStack;
    std::vector<std::string> NameStack;
    unsigned Offset;
    CallingConv::ID &CallingConv;
    bool isShadowRet;
    FunctionPrologArgumentConversion(tree FnDecl,
                                     Function::arg_iterator &ai,
                                     const LLVMBuilder &B, CallingConv::ID &CC)
      : FunctionDecl(FnDecl), AI(ai), Builder(B), Offset(0), CallingConv(CC),
        isShadowRet(false) {}

    /// getCallingConv - This provides the desired CallingConv for the function.
    CallingConv::ID& getCallingConv(void) { return CallingConv; }

    void HandlePad(const llvm::Type *LLVMTy) {
      ++AI;
    }

    bool isShadowReturn() const {
      return isShadowRet;
    }
    void setName(const std::string &Name) {
      NameStack.push_back(Name);
    }
    void setLocation(Value *Loc) {
      LocStack.push_back(Loc);
    }
    void clear() {
      assert(NameStack.size() == 1 && LocStack.size() == 1 && "Imbalance!");
      NameStack.clear();
      LocStack.clear();
    }

    void HandleAggregateShadowResult(const PointerType *PtrArgTy,
                                       bool RetPtr) {
      // If the function returns a structure by value, we transform the function
      // to take a pointer to the result as the first argument of the function
      // instead.
      assert(AI != Builder.GetInsertBlock()->getParent()->arg_end() &&
             "No explicit return value?");
      AI->setName("agg.result");

      isShadowRet = true;
      tree ResultDecl = DECL_RESULT(FunctionDecl);
      tree RetTy = TREE_TYPE(TREE_TYPE(FunctionDecl));
      if (TREE_CODE(RetTy) == TREE_CODE(TREE_TYPE(ResultDecl))) {
        TheTreeToLLVM->set_decl_local(ResultDecl, AI);
        ++AI;
        return;
      }

      // Otherwise, this must be something returned with NRVO.
      assert(TREE_CODE(TREE_TYPE(ResultDecl)) == REFERENCE_TYPE &&
             "Not type match and not passing by reference?");
      // Create an alloca for the ResultDecl.
      Value *Tmp = TheTreeToLLVM->CreateTemporary(AI->getType());
      Builder.CreateStore(AI, Tmp);

      TheTreeToLLVM->set_decl_local(ResultDecl, Tmp);
      if (TheDebugInfo && !DECL_IGNORED_P(FunctionDecl)) {
        TheDebugInfo->EmitDeclare(ResultDecl,
                                  dwarf::DW_TAG_return_variable,
                                  "agg.result", RetTy, Tmp,
                                  Builder);
      }
      ++AI;
    }

    void HandleScalarShadowResult(const PointerType *PtrArgTy, bool RetPtr) {
      assert(AI != Builder.GetInsertBlock()->getParent()->arg_end() &&
             "No explicit return value?");
      AI->setName("scalar.result");
      isShadowRet = true;
      TheTreeToLLVM->set_decl_local(DECL_RESULT(FunctionDecl), AI);
      ++AI;
    }

    void HandleScalarArgument(const llvm::Type *LLVMTy, tree type,
                              unsigned RealSize = 0) {
      Value *ArgVal = AI;
      if (ArgVal->getType() != LLVMTy) {
        if (ArgVal->getType()->isPointerTy() && LLVMTy->isPointerTy()) {
          // If this is GCC being sloppy about pointer types, insert a bitcast.
          // See PR1083 for an example.
          ArgVal = Builder.CreateBitCast(ArgVal, LLVMTy);
        } else if (ArgVal->getType()->isDoubleTy()) {
          // If this is a K&R float parameter, it got promoted to double. Insert
          // the truncation to float now.
          ArgVal = Builder.CreateFPTrunc(ArgVal, LLVMTy,
                                         NameStack.back().c_str());
        } else {
          // If this is just a mismatch between integer types, this is due
          // to K&R prototypes, where the forward proto defines the arg as int
          // and the actual impls is a short or char.
          assert(ArgVal->getType()->isIntegerTy(32) && LLVMTy->isIntegerTy() &&
                 "Lowerings don't match?");
          ArgVal = Builder.CreateTrunc(ArgVal, LLVMTy,NameStack.back().c_str());
        }
      }
      assert(!LocStack.empty());
      Value *Loc = LocStack.back();
      LLVM_STORE_SCALAR_ARGUMENT(Loc,ArgVal,LLVMTy,RealSize,Builder);
      AI->setName(NameStack.back());
      ++AI;
    }

    void HandleByValArgument(const llvm::Type *LLVMTy, tree type) {
      ++AI;
    }

    void HandleFCAArgument(const llvm::Type *LLVMTy,
                           tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {
      // Store the FCA argument into alloca.
      assert(!LocStack.empty());
      Value *Loc = LocStack.back();
      Builder.CreateStore(AI, Loc);
      AI->setName(NameStack.back());
      ++AI;
    }

    void HandleAggregateResultAsScalar(const Type *ScalarTy, unsigned Offset=0){
      this->Offset = Offset;
    }

    void EnterField(unsigned FieldNo, const llvm::Type *StructTy) {
      NameStack.push_back(NameStack.back()+"."+utostr(FieldNo));

      Value *Loc = LocStack.back();
      // This cast only involves pointers, therefore BitCast.
      Loc = Builder.CreateBitCast(Loc, StructTy->getPointerTo());

      Loc = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Loc, FieldNo);
      LocStack.push_back(Loc);
    }
    void ExitField() {
      NameStack.pop_back();
      LocStack.pop_back();
    }
  };
}

// isPassedByVal - Return true if an aggregate of the specified type will be
// passed in memory byval.
static bool isPassedByVal(tree type, const Type *Ty,
                          std::vector<const Type*> &ScalarArgs,
                          bool isShadowRet, CallingConv::ID &CC) {
  if (LLVM_SHOULD_PASS_AGGREGATE_USING_BYVAL_ATTR(type, Ty))
    return true;

  std::vector<const Type*> Args;
  if (LLVM_SHOULD_PASS_AGGREGATE_IN_MIXED_REGS(type, Ty, CC, Args) &&
      LLVM_AGGREGATE_PARTIALLY_PASSED_IN_REGS(Args, ScalarArgs, isShadowRet,
                                              CC))
    // We want to pass the whole aggregate in registers but only some of the
    // registers are available.
    return true;
  return false;
}

/// LanguageIsC - Return true if we are compiling C or Objective-C.
static bool LanguageIsC() {
  // If we've already determined this, return it.
  static unsigned Val = 2;
  if (Val != 2) return (bool)Val;

  StringRef LanguageName = lang_hooks.name;

  if (LanguageName == "GNU C" || LanguageName == "GNU Objective-C")
    return (Val = true);
  return (Val = false);
}

void TreeToLLVM::StartFunctionBody() {
  std::string Name = getLLVMAssemblerName(FnDecl).str();
  // TODO: Add support for dropping the leading '\1' in order to support
  //   unsigned bswap(unsigned) __asm__("llvm.bswap");
  // This would also require adjustments in make_decl_llvm.

  // Determine the FunctionType and calling convention for this function.
  tree static_chain = cfun->static_chain_decl;
  const FunctionType *FTy;
  CallingConv::ID CallingConv;
  AttrListPtr PAL;

  // If the function has no arguments and is varargs (...), turn it into a
  // non-varargs function by scanning the param list for the function.  This
  // allows C functions declared as "T foo() {}" to be treated like
  // "T foo(void) {}" and allows us to handle functions with K&R-style
  // definitions correctly.
  //
  // Note that we only do this in C/Objective-C.  Doing this in C++ for
  // functions explicitly declared as taking (...) is bad.
  if (TYPE_ARG_TYPES(TREE_TYPE(FnDecl)) == 0 && LanguageIsC()) {
    FTy = TheTypeConverter->ConvertArgListToFnType(TREE_TYPE(FnDecl),
                                                   DECL_ARGUMENTS(FnDecl),
                                                   static_chain,
                                                   CallingConv, PAL);
  } else {
    // Otherwise, just get the type from the function itself.
    FTy = TheTypeConverter->ConvertFunctionType(TREE_TYPE(FnDecl),
                                                FnDecl,
                                                static_chain,
                                                CallingConv, PAL);
  }

  // If we've already seen this function and created a prototype, and if the
  // proto has the right LLVM type, just use it.
  if (DECL_LOCAL_SET_P(FnDecl) &&
      cast<PointerType>(DECL_LOCAL(FnDecl)->getType())->getElementType()==FTy) {
    Fn = cast<Function>(DECL_LOCAL(FnDecl));
    assert(Fn->getCallingConv() == CallingConv &&
           "Calling convention disagreement between prototype and impl!");
    // The visibility can be changed from the last time we've seen this
    // function. Set to current.
    handleVisibility(FnDecl, Fn);
  } else {
    Function *FnEntry = TheModule->getFunction(Name);
    if (FnEntry) {
      assert(FnEntry->getName() == Name && "Same entry, different name?");
      assert((FnEntry->isDeclaration() ||
              FnEntry->getLinkage() == Function::AvailableExternallyLinkage) &&
             "Multiple fns with same name and neither are external!");
      FnEntry->setName("");  // Clear name to avoid conflicts.
      assert(FnEntry->getCallingConv() == CallingConv &&
             "Calling convention disagreement between prototype and impl!");
    }

    // Otherwise, either it exists with the wrong type or it doesn't exist.  In
    // either case create a new function.
    Fn = Function::Create(FTy, Function::ExternalLinkage, Name, TheModule);
    assert(Fn->getName() == Name && "Preexisting fn with the same name!");
    Fn->setCallingConv(CallingConv);
    Fn->setAttributes(PAL);

    // If a previous proto existed with the wrong type, replace any uses of it
    // with the actual function and delete the proto.
    if (FnEntry) {
      FnEntry->replaceAllUsesWith(
        Builder.getFolder().CreateBitCast(Fn, FnEntry->getType())
      );
      changeLLVMConstant(FnEntry, Fn);
      FnEntry->eraseFromParent();
    }
    SET_DECL_LOCAL(FnDecl, Fn);
  }

  // The function should not already have a body.
  assert(Fn->empty() && "Function expanded multiple times!");

  // Compute the linkage that the function should get.
  if (false) {//FIXME DECL_LLVM_PRIVATE(FnDecl)) {
    Fn->setLinkage(Function::PrivateLinkage);
  } else if (false) {//FIXME DECL_LLVM_LINKER_PRIVATE(FnDecl)) {
    Fn->setLinkage(Function::LinkerPrivateLinkage);
  } else if (!TREE_PUBLIC(FnDecl) /*|| lang_hooks.llvm_is_in_anon(subr)*/) {
    Fn->setLinkage(Function::InternalLinkage);
  } else if (DECL_COMDAT(FnDecl)) {
    Fn->setLinkage(Function::getLinkOnceLinkage(flag_odr));
  } else if (DECL_WEAK(FnDecl)) {
    // The user may have explicitly asked for weak linkage - ignore flag_odr.
    Fn->setLinkage(Function::WeakAnyLinkage);
  } else if (DECL_ONE_ONLY(FnDecl)) {
    Fn->setLinkage(Function::getWeakLinkage(flag_odr));
  } else if (DECL_EXTERNAL(FnDecl)) {
    Fn->setLinkage(Function::AvailableExternallyLinkage);
  }

#ifdef TARGET_ADJUST_LLVM_LINKAGE
  TARGET_ADJUST_LLVM_LINKAGE(Fn,FnDecl);
#endif /* TARGET_ADJUST_LLVM_LINKAGE */

  // Handle visibility style
  handleVisibility(FnDecl, Fn);

  // Register constructors and destructors.
  if (DECL_STATIC_CONSTRUCTOR(FnDecl))
    register_ctor_dtor(Fn, DECL_INIT_PRIORITY(FnDecl), true);
  if (DECL_STATIC_DESTRUCTOR(FnDecl))
    register_ctor_dtor(Fn, DECL_FINI_PRIORITY(FnDecl), false);

  // Handle attribute "aligned".
  if (DECL_ALIGN (FnDecl) != FUNCTION_BOUNDARY)
    Fn->setAlignment(DECL_ALIGN (FnDecl) / 8);

  // Handle functions in specified sections.
  if (DECL_SECTION_NAME(FnDecl))
    Fn->setSection(TREE_STRING_POINTER(DECL_SECTION_NAME(FnDecl)));

  // Handle used Functions
  if (lookup_attribute ("used", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (FnDecl)))
    AttributeUsedGlobals.insert(Fn);

  // Handle noinline Functions
  if (lookup_attribute ("noinline", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (FnDecl)))
    Fn->addFnAttr(Attribute::NoInline);

  // Handle always_inline attribute
  if (lookup_attribute ("always_inline", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (FnDecl)))
    Fn->addFnAttr(Attribute::AlwaysInline);

  // Pass inline keyword to optimizer.
  if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P(FnDecl))
    Fn->addFnAttr(Attribute::InlineHint);

  if (optimize_size)
    Fn->addFnAttr(Attribute::OptimizeForSize);

  // Handle stack smashing protection.
  if (flag_stack_protect == 1)
    Fn->addFnAttr(Attribute::StackProtect);
  else if (flag_stack_protect == 2)
    Fn->addFnAttr(Attribute::StackProtectReq);

  // Handle naked attribute
  if (lookup_attribute ("naked", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (FnDecl)))
    Fn->addFnAttr(Attribute::Naked);

  // Handle annotate attributes
  if (DECL_ATTRIBUTES(FnDecl))
    AddAnnotateAttrsToGlobal(Fn, FnDecl);

  // Mark the function "nounwind" if not doing exception handling.
  if (!flag_exceptions)
    Fn->setDoesNotThrow();

  // Create a new basic block for the function.
  BasicBlock *EntryBlock = BasicBlock::Create(Context, "entry", Fn);
  BasicBlocks[ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR] = EntryBlock;
  Builder.SetInsertPoint(EntryBlock);

  if (EmitDebugInfo())
    TheDebugInfo->EmitFunctionStart(FnDecl, Fn, Builder.GetInsertBlock());

  // Loop over all of the arguments to the function, setting Argument names and
  // creating argument alloca's for the PARM_DECLs in case their address is
  // exposed.
  Function::arg_iterator AI = Fn->arg_begin();

  // Rename and alloca'ify real arguments.
  FunctionPrologArgumentConversion Client(FnDecl, AI, Builder, CallingConv);
  DefaultABI ABIConverter(Client);

  // Handle the DECL_RESULT.
  ABIConverter.HandleReturnType(TREE_TYPE(TREE_TYPE(FnDecl)), FnDecl,
                                DECL_BUILT_IN(FnDecl));
  // Remember this for use by FinishFunctionBody.
  TheTreeToLLVM->ReturnOffset = Client.Offset;

  // Prepend the static chain (if any) to the list of arguments.
  tree Args = static_chain ? static_chain : DECL_ARGUMENTS(FnDecl);

  // Scalar arguments processed so far.
  std::vector<const Type*> ScalarArgs;
  while (Args) {
    const char *Name = "unnamed_arg";
    if (DECL_NAME(Args)) Name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER(DECL_NAME(Args));

    const Type *ArgTy = ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(Args));
    bool isInvRef = isPassedByInvisibleReference(TREE_TYPE(Args));
    if (isInvRef ||
        (ArgTy->isVectorTy() &&
         LLVM_SHOULD_PASS_VECTOR_USING_BYVAL_ATTR(TREE_TYPE(Args))) ||
        (!ArgTy->isSingleValueType() &&
         isPassedByVal(TREE_TYPE(Args), ArgTy, ScalarArgs,
                       Client.isShadowReturn(), CallingConv))) {
      // If the value is passed by 'invisible reference' or 'byval reference',
      // the l-value for the argument IS the argument itself.
      AI->setName(Name);
      SET_DECL_LOCAL(Args, AI);
      if (!isInvRef && EmitDebugInfo())
        TheDebugInfo->EmitDeclare(Args, dwarf::DW_TAG_arg_variable,
                                  Name, TREE_TYPE(Args),
                                  AI, Builder);
      ABIConverter.HandleArgument(TREE_TYPE(Args), ScalarArgs);
    } else {
      // Otherwise, we create an alloca to hold the argument value and provide
      // an l-value.  On entry to the function, we copy formal argument values
      // into the alloca.
      Value *Tmp = CreateTemporary(ArgTy);
      Tmp->setName(std::string(Name)+"_addr");
      SET_DECL_LOCAL(Args, Tmp);
      if (EmitDebugInfo()) {
        TheDebugInfo->EmitDeclare(Args, dwarf::DW_TAG_arg_variable,
                                  Name, TREE_TYPE(Args), Tmp,
                                  Builder);
      }

      // Emit annotate intrinsic if arg has annotate attr
      if (DECL_ATTRIBUTES(Args))
        EmitAnnotateIntrinsic(Tmp, Args);

      // Emit gcroot intrinsic if arg has attribute
      if (POINTER_TYPE_P(TREE_TYPE(Args))
          && lookup_attribute ("gcroot", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES(TREE_TYPE(Args))))
        EmitTypeGcroot(Tmp, Args);

      Client.setName(Name);
      Client.setLocation(Tmp);
      ABIConverter.HandleArgument(TREE_TYPE(Args), ScalarArgs);
      Client.clear();
    }

    Args = Args == static_chain ? DECL_ARGUMENTS(FnDecl) : TREE_CHAIN(Args);
  }

  // Loading the value of a PARM_DECL at this point yields its initial value.
  // Remember this for use when materializing the reads implied by SSA default
  // definitions.
  SSAInsertionPoint = Builder.Insert(CastInst::Create(Instruction::BitCast,
                              Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(Context)),
                              Type::getInt32Ty(Context)), "ssa point");

  // If this function has nested functions, we should handle a potential
  // nonlocal_goto_save_area.
  if (cfun->nonlocal_goto_save_area) {
    // Not supported yet.
  }

  if (EmitDebugInfo())
    TheDebugInfo->EmitStopPoint(Fn, Builder.GetInsertBlock(), Builder);

  // Create a new block for the return node, but don't insert it yet.
  ReturnBB = BasicBlock::Create(Context, "return");
}

/// DefineSSAName - Use the given value as the definition of the given SSA name.
/// Returns the provided value as a convenience.
Value *TreeToLLVM::DefineSSAName(tree_node *reg, Value *Val) {
  assert(TREE_CODE(reg) == SSA_NAME && "Not an SSA name!");
  if (Value *ExistingValue = SSANames[reg]) {
    if (Val != ExistingValue) {
      assert(isSSAPlaceholder(ExistingValue) && "Multiply defined SSA name!");
      // Replace the placeholder with the value everywhere.  This also updates
      // the map entry, because it is a TrackingVH.
      ExistingValue->replaceAllUsesWith(Val);
      delete ExistingValue;
    }
    return Val;
  }
  return SSANames[reg] = Val;
}

typedef SmallVector<std::pair<BasicBlock*, unsigned>, 8> PredVector;
typedef SmallVector<std::pair<BasicBlock*, tree>, 8> TreeVector;
typedef SmallVector<std::pair<BasicBlock*, Value*>, 8> ValueVector;

/// PopulatePhiNodes - Populate generated phi nodes with their operands.
void TreeToLLVM::PopulatePhiNodes() {
  PredVector Predecessors;
  TreeVector IncomingValues;
  ValueVector PhiArguments;

  for (unsigned i = 0, e = PendingPhis.size(); i < e; ++i) {
    // The phi node to process.
    PhiRecord &P = PendingPhis[i];

    // Extract the incoming value for each predecessor from the GCC phi node.
    for (size_t i = 0, e = gimple_phi_num_args(P.gcc_phi); i != e; ++i) {
      // The incoming GCC basic block.
      basic_block bb = gimple_phi_arg_edge(P.gcc_phi, i)->src;

      // The corresponding LLVM basic block.
      DenseMap<basic_block, BasicBlock*>::iterator BI = BasicBlocks.find(bb);
      assert(BI != BasicBlocks.end() && "GCC basic block not output?");

      // The incoming GCC expression.
      tree val = gimple_phi_arg(P.gcc_phi, i)->def;

      // Associate it with the LLVM basic block.
      IncomingValues.push_back(std::make_pair(BI->second, val));

      // Several LLVM basic blocks may be generated when emitting one GCC basic
      // block.  The additional blocks always occur immediately after the main
      // basic block, and can be identified by the fact that they are nameless.
      // Associate the incoming expression with all of them, since any of them
      // may occur as a predecessor of the LLVM basic block containing the phi.
      Function::iterator FI(BI->second), FE = Fn->end();
      for (++FI; FI != FE && !FI->hasName(); ++FI) {
        assert(FI->getSinglePredecessor() == IncomingValues.back().first &&
               "Anonymous block does not continue predecessor!");
        IncomingValues.push_back(std::make_pair(FI, val));
      }
    }

    // Sort the incoming values by basic block to help speed up queries.
    std::sort(IncomingValues.begin(), IncomingValues.end());

    // Get the LLVM predecessors for the basic block containing the phi node,
    // and remember their positions in the list of predecessors (this is used
    // to avoid adding phi operands in a non-deterministic order).
    Predecessors.reserve(gimple_phi_num_args(P.gcc_phi)); // At least this many.
    BasicBlock *PhiBB = P.PHI->getParent();
    unsigned Index = 0;
    for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(PhiBB), PE = pred_end(PhiBB); PI != PE;
         ++PI, ++Index)
      Predecessors.push_back(std::make_pair(*PI, Index));

    if (Predecessors.empty()) {
      // FIXME: If this happens then GCC has a control flow edge where LLVM has
      // none - something has gone wrong.  For the moment be laid back about it
      // because the fact we don't yet wire up exception handling code means it
      // happens all the time in Ada and C++.
      P.PHI->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(P.PHI->getType()));
      P.PHI->eraseFromParent();
      IncomingValues.clear();
      continue;
    }

    // Sort the predecessors by basic block.  In GCC, each predecessor occurs
    // exactly once.  However in LLVM a predecessor can occur several times,
    // and then every copy of the predecessor must be associated with exactly
    // the same incoming value in the phi node.  Sorting the predecessors groups
    // multiple occurrences together, making this easy to handle.
    std::sort(Predecessors.begin(), Predecessors.end());

    // Now iterate over the predecessors, setting phi operands as we go.
    TreeVector::iterator VI = IncomingValues.begin(), VE = IncomingValues.end();
    PredVector::iterator PI = Predecessors.begin(), PE = Predecessors.end();
    PhiArguments.resize(Predecessors.size());
    while (PI != PE) {
      // The predecessor basic block.
      BasicBlock *BB = PI->first;

      // Find the incoming value for this predecessor.
      while (VI != VE && VI->first != BB) ++VI;
      assert(VI != VE && "No value for predecessor!");
      Value *Val = EmitRegister(VI->second);

      // Need to bitcast to the right type (useless_type_conversion_p).  Place
      // the bitcast at the end of the predecessor, before the terminator.
      if (Val->getType() != P.PHI->getType())
        Val = new BitCastInst(Val, P.PHI->getType(), "", BB->getTerminator());

      // Add the phi node arguments for all occurrences of this predecessor.
      do {
        // Place the argument at the position given by PI->second, which is the
        // original position before sorting of the predecessor in the pred list.
        // Since the predecessors were sorted non-deterministically (by pointer
        // value), this ensures that the same bitcode is produced on any run.
        PhiArguments[PI++->second] = std::make_pair(BB, Val);
      } while (PI != PE && PI->first == BB);
    }

    // Add the operands to the phi node.
    P.PHI->reserveOperandSpace(PhiArguments.size());
    for (ValueVector::iterator I = PhiArguments.begin(), E = PhiArguments.end();
         I != E; ++I)
      P.PHI->addIncoming(I->second, I->first);

    IncomingValues.clear();
    PhiArguments.clear();
    Predecessors.clear();
  }

  PendingPhis.clear();
}

Function *TreeToLLVM::FinishFunctionBody() {
  // Insert the return block at the end of the function.
  BeginBlock(ReturnBB);

  SmallVector <Value *, 4> RetVals;

  // If the function returns a value, get it into a register and return it now.
  if (!Fn->getReturnType()->isVoidTy()) {
    if (!AGGREGATE_TYPE_P(TREE_TYPE(DECL_RESULT(FnDecl)))) {
      // If the DECL_RESULT is a scalar type, just load out the return value
      // and return it.
      tree TreeRetVal = DECL_RESULT(FnDecl);
      Value *RetVal = Builder.CreateLoad(DECL_LOCAL(TreeRetVal), "retval");
      RetVal = Builder.CreateBitCast(RetVal, Fn->getReturnType());
      RetVals.push_back(RetVal);
    } else {
      Value *RetVal = DECL_LOCAL(DECL_RESULT(FnDecl));
      if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Fn->getReturnType())) {
        Value *R1 = Builder.CreateBitCast(RetVal, STy->getPointerTo());

        llvm::Value *Idxs[2];
        Idxs[0] = ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Context), 0);
        for (unsigned ri = 0; ri < STy->getNumElements(); ++ri) {
          Idxs[1] = ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Context), ri);
          Value *GEP = Builder.CreateGEP(R1, Idxs, Idxs+2, "mrv_gep");
          Value *E = Builder.CreateLoad(GEP, "mrv");
          RetVals.push_back(E);
        }
      } else {
        // Otherwise, this aggregate result must be something that is returned
        // in a scalar register for this target.  We must bit convert the
        // aggregate to the specified scalar type, which we do by casting the
        // pointer and loading.  The load does not necessarily start at the
        // beginning of the aggregate (x86-64).
        if (ReturnOffset) {
          RetVal = Builder.CreateBitCast(RetVal, Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context));
          RetVal = Builder.CreateGEP(RetVal,
                     ConstantInt::get(TD.getIntPtrType(Context), ReturnOffset));
        }
        RetVal = Builder.CreateBitCast(RetVal,
                                       Fn->getReturnType()->getPointerTo());
        RetVal = Builder.CreateLoad(RetVal, "retval");
        RetVals.push_back(RetVal);
      }
    }
  }
  if (EmitDebugInfo()) {
    TheDebugInfo->EmitStopPoint(Fn, Builder.GetInsertBlock(), Builder);
    TheDebugInfo->EmitFunctionEnd(Builder.GetInsertBlock(), true);
  }
  if (RetVals.empty())
    Builder.CreateRetVoid();
  else if (RetVals.size() == 1 && RetVals[0]->getType() == Fn->getReturnType()){
    Builder.CreateRet(RetVals[0]);
  } else {
    assert(Fn->getReturnType()->isAggregateType() && "Return type mismatch!");
    Builder.CreateAggregateRet(RetVals.data(), RetVals.size());
  }

  // Emit pending exception handling code.
  EmitLandingPads();
  EmitPostPads();
  EmitUnwindBlock();

  // Populate phi nodes with their operands now that all ssa names have been
  // defined and all basic blocks output.
  PopulatePhiNodes();

#ifndef NDEBUG
  if (!errorcount && !sorrycount)
    for (DenseMap<tree, TrackingVH<Value> >::const_iterator I = SSANames.begin(),
         E = SSANames.end(); I != E; ++I)
      if (isSSAPlaceholder(I->second)) {
        debug_tree(I->first);
        llvm_unreachable("SSA name never defined!");
      }
#endif

  return Fn;
}

/// getBasicBlock - Find or create the LLVM basic block corresponding to BB.
BasicBlock *TreeToLLVM::getBasicBlock(basic_block bb) {
  // If we already associated an LLVM basic block with BB, then return it.
  DenseMap<basic_block, BasicBlock*>::iterator I = BasicBlocks.find(bb);
  if (I != BasicBlocks.end())
    return I->second;

  // Otherwise, create a new LLVM basic block.
  BasicBlock *BB = BasicBlock::Create(Context);

  // All basic blocks that directly correspond to GCC basic blocks (those
  // created here) must have a name.  All artificial basic blocks produced
  // while generating code must be nameless.  That way, artificial blocks
  // can be easily identified.

  // Give the basic block a name.  If the user specified -fverbose-asm then
  // use the same naming scheme as GCC.
  if (flag_verbose_asm) {
    // If BB contains labels, name the LLVM basic block after the first label.
    gimple stmt = first_stmt(bb);
    if (stmt && gimple_code(stmt) == GIMPLE_LABEL) {
      tree label = gimple_label_label(stmt);
      if (tree name = DECL_NAME(label)) {
        // If the label has a name then use it.
        StringRef Ident(IDENTIFIER_POINTER(name), IDENTIFIER_LENGTH(name));
        BB->setName(Ident);
      } else if (LABEL_DECL_UID(label) != -1) {
        // If the label has a UID then use it.
        Twine UID(LABEL_DECL_UID(label));
        BB->setName("<L" + UID + ">");
      } else {
        // Otherwise use the generic UID.
        Twine UID(DECL_UID(label));
        BB->setName("<D." + UID + ">");
      }
    } else {
      // When there is no label, use the same naming scheme as the GCC tree dumps.
      Twine Index(bb->index);
      BB->setName("<bb " + Index + ">");
    }
  } else {
    Twine Index(bb->index);
    BB->setName(Index);
  }

  return BasicBlocks[bb] = BB;
}

/// getLabelDeclBlock - Lazily get and create a basic block for the specified
/// label.
BasicBlock *TreeToLLVM::getLabelDeclBlock(tree LabelDecl) {
  assert(TREE_CODE(LabelDecl) == LABEL_DECL && "Isn't a label!?");
  if (DECL_LOCAL_SET_P(LabelDecl))
    return cast<BasicBlock>(DECL_LOCAL(LabelDecl));

  basic_block bb = label_to_block(LabelDecl);
  if (!bb) {
    sorry("address of a non-local label");
    bb = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR; // Do not crash.
  }

  BasicBlock *BB = getBasicBlock(bb);
  SET_DECL_LOCAL(LabelDecl, BB);
  return BB;
}

void TreeToLLVM::EmitBasicBlock(basic_block bb) {
  ++NumBasicBlocks;

  // Avoid outputting a pointless branch at the end of the entry block.
  if (bb != ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR)
    BeginBlock(getBasicBlock(bb));

  // Create an LLVM phi node for each GCC phi and define the associated ssa name
  // using it.  Do not populate with operands at this point since some ssa names
  // the phi uses may not have been defined yet - phis are special this way.
  for (gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_start_phis(bb); !gsi_end_p(gsi);
       gsi_next(&gsi)) {
    gimple gcc_phi = gsi_stmt(gsi);
    // Skip virtual operands.
    if (!is_gimple_reg(gimple_phi_result(gcc_phi)))
      continue;

    // Create the LLVM phi node.
    const Type *Ty = GetRegType(TREE_TYPE(gimple_phi_result(gcc_phi)));
    PHINode *PHI = Builder.CreatePHI(Ty);

    // The phi defines the associated ssa name.
    tree name = gimple_phi_result(gcc_phi);
    assert(TREE_CODE(name) == SSA_NAME && "PHI result not an SSA name!");
    if (flag_verbose_asm)
      NameValue(PHI, name);
    DefineSSAName(name, PHI);

    // The phi operands will be populated later - remember the phi node.
    PhiRecord P = { gcc_phi, PHI };
    PendingPhis.push_back(P);
  }

  // Render statements.
  for (gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_start_bb(bb); !gsi_end_p(gsi);
       gsi_next(&gsi)) {
    gimple stmt = gsi_stmt(gsi);
    ++NumStatements;

    if (EmitDebugInfo()) {
      if (gimple_has_location(stmt)) {
        TheDebugInfo->setLocationFile(gimple_filename(stmt));
        TheDebugInfo->setLocationLine(gimple_lineno(stmt));
      } else {
        TheDebugInfo->setLocationFile("");
        TheDebugInfo->setLocationLine(0);
      }
      TheDebugInfo->EmitStopPoint(Fn, Builder.GetInsertBlock(), Builder);
    }

    switch (gimple_code(stmt)) {
    case GIMPLE_ASM:
      RenderGIMPLE_ASM(stmt);
      break;

    case GIMPLE_ASSIGN:
      RenderGIMPLE_ASSIGN(stmt);
      break;

    case GIMPLE_CALL:
       RenderGIMPLE_CALL(stmt);
       break;

    case GIMPLE_COND:
      RenderGIMPLE_COND(stmt);
      break;

    case GIMPLE_DEBUG:
      // TODO: Output debug info rather than just discarding it.
      break;

    case GIMPLE_EH_DISPATCH:
      // TODO: Implement this.
      break;

    case GIMPLE_GOTO:
      RenderGIMPLE_GOTO(stmt);
      break;

    case GIMPLE_LABEL:
    case GIMPLE_NOP:
    case GIMPLE_PREDICT:
      break;

    case GIMPLE_RESX:
      RenderGIMPLE_RESX(stmt);
      break;

    case GIMPLE_RETURN:
      RenderGIMPLE_RETURN(stmt);
      break;

    case GIMPLE_SWITCH:
      RenderGIMPLE_SWITCH(stmt);
      break;

    default:
      dump(stmt);
      llvm_unreachable("Unhandled GIMPLE statement during LLVM emission!");
    }
  }

  if (EmitDebugInfo()) {
    TheDebugInfo->setLocationFile("");
    TheDebugInfo->setLocationLine(0);
    TheDebugInfo->EmitStopPoint(Fn, Builder.GetInsertBlock(), Builder);
  }

  // Add a branch to the fallthru block.
  edge e;
  edge_iterator ei;
  FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
    if (e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU) {
      Builder.CreateBr(getBasicBlock(e->dest));
      break;
    }
}

Function *TreeToLLVM::EmitFunction() {
  // Set up parameters and prepare for return, for the function.
  StartFunctionBody();

  // Output the basic blocks.
  basic_block bb;
  FOR_EACH_BB(bb)
    EmitBasicBlock(bb);

  // Wrap things up.
  return FinishFunctionBody();
}

/// EmitAggregate - Store the specified tree node into the location given by
/// DestLoc.
void TreeToLLVM::EmitAggregate(tree exp, const MemRef &DestLoc) {
  assert(AGGREGATE_TYPE_P(TREE_TYPE(exp)) && "Expected an aggregate type!");
  if (TREE_CODE(exp) == CONSTRUCTOR) {
    EmitCONSTRUCTOR(exp, &DestLoc);
    return;
  }
  LValue LV = EmitLV(exp);
  assert(!LV.isBitfield() && "Bitfields containing aggregates not supported!");
  EmitAggregateCopy(DestLoc, MemRef(LV.Ptr, LV.getAlignment(),
                                    TREE_THIS_VOLATILE(exp)), TREE_TYPE(exp));
}

/// get_constant_alignment - Return the alignment of constant EXP in bits.
///
static unsigned int
get_constant_alignment (tree exp)
{
  unsigned int align = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp));
#ifdef CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT
  align = CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (exp, align);
#endif
  return align;
}

/// EmitLV - Convert the specified l-value tree node to LLVM code, returning
/// the address of the result.
LValue TreeToLLVM::EmitLV(tree exp) {
  LValue LV;

  switch (TREE_CODE(exp)) {
  default:
    debug_tree(exp);
    llvm_unreachable("Unhandled lvalue expression!");

  case PARM_DECL:
  case VAR_DECL:
  case FUNCTION_DECL:
  case CONST_DECL:
  case RESULT_DECL:
    LV = EmitLV_DECL(exp);
    break;
  case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
  case ARRAY_REF:
    LV = EmitLV_ARRAY_REF(exp);
    break;
  case COMPONENT_REF:
    LV = EmitLV_COMPONENT_REF(exp);
    break;
  case BIT_FIELD_REF:
    LV = EmitLV_BIT_FIELD_REF(exp);
    break;
  case REALPART_EXPR:
    LV = EmitLV_XXXXPART_EXPR(exp, 0);
    break;
  case IMAGPART_EXPR:
    LV = EmitLV_XXXXPART_EXPR(exp, 1);
    break;
  case SSA_NAME:
    LV = EmitLV_SSA_NAME(exp);
    break;

  // Constants.
  case LABEL_DECL: {
    LV = LValue(EmitLV_LABEL_DECL(exp), 1);
    break;
  }
  case COMPLEX_CST: {
    Value *Ptr = TreeConstantToLLVM::EmitLV_COMPLEX_CST(exp);
    LV = LValue(Ptr, get_constant_alignment(exp) / 8);
    break;
  }
  case STRING_CST: {
    Value *Ptr = TreeConstantToLLVM::EmitLV_STRING_CST(exp);
    LV = LValue(Ptr, get_constant_alignment(exp) / 8);
    break;
  }

  // Type Conversion.
  case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
    LV = EmitLV_VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR(exp);
    break;

  // Exception Handling.
//FIXME  case EXC_PTR_EXPR:
//FIXME    LV = EmitLV_EXC_PTR_EXPR(exp);
//FIXME    break;
//FIXME  case FILTER_EXPR:
//FIXME    LV = EmitLV_FILTER_EXPR(exp);
//FIXME    break;

  // Trivial Cases.
  case WITH_SIZE_EXPR:
    LV = EmitLV_WITH_SIZE_EXPR(exp);
    break;
  case INDIRECT_REF:
    LV = EmitLV_INDIRECT_REF(exp);
    break;
  }

  // Check that the type of the lvalue is indeed that of a pointer to the tree
  // node.  This may not hold for bitfields because the type of a bitfield need
  // not match the type of the value being loaded out of it.  Since LLVM has no
  // void* type, don't insist that void* be converted to a specific LLVM type.
  assert((LV.isBitfield() || VOID_TYPE_P(TREE_TYPE(exp)) ||
          LV.Ptr->getType() == ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp))->getPointerTo()) &&
         "LValue has wrong type!");

  return LV;
}

//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//                         ... Utility Functions ...
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

void TreeToLLVM::TODO(tree exp) {
  if (exp) debug_tree(exp);
  llvm_unreachable("Unhandled tree node");
}

/// CastToAnyType - Cast the specified value to the specified type making no
/// assumptions about the types of the arguments. This creates an inferred cast.
Value *TreeToLLVM::CastToAnyType(Value *V, bool VisSigned,
                                 const Type* Ty, bool TyIsSigned) {
  // Eliminate useless casts of a type to itself.
  if (V->getType() == Ty)
    return V;

  // The types are different so we must cast. Use getCastOpcode to create an
  // inferred cast opcode.
  Instruction::CastOps opc =
    CastInst::getCastOpcode(V, VisSigned, Ty, TyIsSigned);

  // Generate the cast and return it.
  return Builder.CreateCast(opc, V, Ty);
}

/// CastToFPType - Cast the specified value to the specified type assuming
/// that the value and type are floating point.
Value *TreeToLLVM::CastToFPType(Value *V, const Type* Ty) {
  unsigned SrcBits = V->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
  unsigned DstBits = Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
  if (SrcBits == DstBits)
    return V;
  Instruction::CastOps opcode = (SrcBits > DstBits ?
      Instruction::FPTrunc : Instruction::FPExt);
  return Builder.CreateCast(opcode, V, Ty);
}

/// CreateAnyAdd - Add two LLVM scalar values with the given GCC type.  Does not
/// support complex numbers.  The type is used to set overflow flags.
Value *TreeToLLVM::CreateAnyAdd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, tree_node *type) {
  if (FLOAT_TYPE_P(type))
    return Builder.CreateFAdd(LHS, RHS);
  if (TYPE_OVERFLOW_WRAPS(type))
    return Builder.CreateAdd(LHS, RHS);
  if (TYPE_UNSIGNED(type))
    return Builder.CreateNUWAdd(LHS, RHS);
  return Builder.CreateNSWAdd(LHS, RHS);
}

/// CreateAnyMul - Multiply two LLVM scalar values with the given GCC type.
/// Does not support complex numbers.  The type is used to set overflow flags.
Value *TreeToLLVM::CreateAnyMul(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, tree_node *type) {
  if (FLOAT_TYPE_P(type))
    return Builder.CreateFMul(LHS, RHS);
  if (TYPE_OVERFLOW_WRAPS(type))
    return Builder.CreateMul(LHS, RHS);
  if (TYPE_UNSIGNED(type))
    return Builder.CreateNUWMul(LHS, RHS);
  return Builder.CreateNSWMul(LHS, RHS);
}

/// CreateAnyNeg - Negate an LLVM scalar value with the given GCC type.  Does
/// not support complex numbers.  The type is used to set overflow flags.
Value *TreeToLLVM::CreateAnyNeg(Value *V, tree_node *type) {
  if (FLOAT_TYPE_P(type))
    return Builder.CreateFNeg(V);
  if (TYPE_OVERFLOW_WRAPS(type))
    return Builder.CreateNeg(V);
  if (TYPE_UNSIGNED(type))
    return Builder.CreateNUWNeg(V);
  return Builder.CreateNSWNeg(V);
}

/// CreateAnySub - Subtract two LLVM scalar values with the given GCC type.
/// Does not support complex numbers.  The type is used to set overflow flags.
Value *TreeToLLVM::CreateAnySub(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, tree_node *type) {
  if (FLOAT_TYPE_P(type))
    return Builder.CreateFSub(LHS, RHS);
  if (TYPE_OVERFLOW_WRAPS(type))
    return Builder.CreateSub(LHS, RHS);
  if (TYPE_UNSIGNED(type))
    return Builder.CreateNUWSub(LHS, RHS);
  return Builder.CreateNSWSub(LHS, RHS);
}

/// CreateTemporary - Create a new alloca instruction of the specified type,
/// inserting it into the entry block and returning it.  The resulting
/// instruction's type is a pointer to the specified type.
AllocaInst *TreeToLLVM::CreateTemporary(const Type *Ty) {
  if (AllocaInsertionPoint == 0) {
    // Create a dummy instruction in the entry block as a marker to insert new
    // alloc instructions before.  It doesn't matter what this instruction is,
    // it is dead.  This allows us to insert allocas in order without having to
    // scan for an insertion point. Use BitCast for int -> int
    AllocaInsertionPoint = CastInst::Create(Instruction::BitCast,
      Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(Context)),
      Type::getInt32Ty(Context), "alloca point");
    // Insert it as the first instruction in the entry block.
    Fn->begin()->getInstList().insert(Fn->begin()->begin(),
                                      AllocaInsertionPoint);
  }
  return new AllocaInst(Ty, 0, "memtmp", AllocaInsertionPoint);
}

/// CreateTempLoc - Like CreateTemporary, but returns a MemRef.
MemRef TreeToLLVM::CreateTempLoc(const Type *Ty) {
  AllocaInst *AI = CreateTemporary(Ty);
  // MemRefs do not allow alignment 0.
  if (!AI->getAlignment())
    AI->setAlignment(TD.getPrefTypeAlignment(Ty));
  return MemRef(AI, AI->getAlignment(), false);
}

/// BeginBlock - Add the specified basic block to the end of the function.  If
/// the previous block falls through into it, add an explicit branch.
void TreeToLLVM::BeginBlock(BasicBlock *BB) {
  BasicBlock *CurBB = Builder.GetInsertBlock();
  // If the previous block falls through to BB, add an explicit branch.
  if (CurBB->getTerminator() == 0) {
    // If the previous block has no label and is empty, remove it: it is a
    // post-terminator block.
    if (CurBB->getName().empty() && CurBB->begin() == CurBB->end())
      CurBB->eraseFromParent();
    else
      // Otherwise, fall through to this block.
      Builder.CreateBr(BB);
  }

  // Add this block.
  Fn->getBasicBlockList().push_back(BB);
  Builder.SetInsertPoint(BB);  // It is now the current block.
}

/// CopyAggregate - Recursively traverse the potientially aggregate src/dest
/// ptrs, copying all of the elements.
static void CopyAggregate(MemRef DestLoc, MemRef SrcLoc,
                          LLVMBuilder &Builder, tree gccType){
  assert(DestLoc.Ptr->getType() == SrcLoc.Ptr->getType() &&
         "Cannot copy between two pointers of different type!");
  const Type *ElTy =
    cast<PointerType>(DestLoc.Ptr->getType())->getElementType();

  unsigned Alignment = std::min(DestLoc.getAlignment(), SrcLoc.getAlignment());

  if (ElTy->isSingleValueType()) {
    LoadInst *V = Builder.CreateLoad(SrcLoc.Ptr, SrcLoc.Volatile);
    StoreInst *S = Builder.CreateStore(V, DestLoc.Ptr, DestLoc.Volatile);
    V->setAlignment(Alignment);
    S->setAlignment(Alignment);
  } else if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(ElTy)) {
    const StructLayout *SL = getTargetData().getStructLayout(STy);
    for (unsigned i = 0, e = STy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
      if (gccType && isPaddingElement(gccType, i))
        continue;
      Value *DElPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(DestLoc.Ptr, i);
      Value *SElPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(SrcLoc.Ptr, i);
      unsigned Align = MinAlign(Alignment, SL->getElementOffset(i));
      CopyAggregate(MemRef(DElPtr, Align, DestLoc.Volatile),
                    MemRef(SElPtr, Align, SrcLoc.Volatile),
                    Builder, 0);
    }
  } else {
    const ArrayType *ATy = cast<ArrayType>(ElTy);
    unsigned EltSize = getTargetData().getTypeAllocSize(ATy->getElementType());
    for (unsigned i = 0, e = ATy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
      Value *DElPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(DestLoc.Ptr, i);
      Value *SElPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(SrcLoc.Ptr, i);
      unsigned Align = MinAlign(Alignment, i * EltSize);
      CopyAggregate(MemRef(DElPtr, Align, DestLoc.Volatile),
                    MemRef(SElPtr, Align, SrcLoc.Volatile),
                    Builder, 0);
    }
  }
}

/// CountAggregateElements - Return the number of elements in the specified type
/// that will need to be loaded/stored if we copy this by explicit accesses.
static unsigned CountAggregateElements(const Type *Ty) {
  if (Ty->isSingleValueType()) return 1;

  if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) {
    unsigned NumElts = 0;
    for (unsigned i = 0, e = STy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i)
      NumElts += CountAggregateElements(STy->getElementType(i));
    return NumElts;
  } else {
    const ArrayType *ATy = cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
    return ATy->getNumElements()*CountAggregateElements(ATy->getElementType());
  }
}

/// containsFPField - indicates whether the given LLVM type
/// contains any floating point elements.

static bool containsFPField(const Type *LLVMTy) {
  if (LLVMTy->isFloatingPointTy())
    return true;
  const StructType* STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(LLVMTy);
  if (STy) {
    for (StructType::element_iterator I = STy->element_begin(),
                                      E = STy->element_end(); I != E; I++) {
      const Type *Ty = *I;
      if (Ty->isFloatingPointTy())
        return true;
      if (Ty->isStructTy() && containsFPField(Ty))
        return true;
      const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
      if (ATy && containsFPField(ATy->getElementType()))
        return true;
      const VectorType *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty);
      if (VTy && containsFPField(VTy->getElementType()))
        return true;
    }
  }
  return false;
}

#ifndef TARGET_LLVM_MIN_BYTES_COPY_BY_MEMCPY
#define TARGET_LLVM_MIN_BYTES_COPY_BY_MEMCPY 64
#endif

/// EmitAggregateCopy - Copy the elements from SrcLoc to DestLoc, using the
/// GCC type specified by GCCType to know which elements to copy.
void TreeToLLVM::EmitAggregateCopy(MemRef DestLoc, MemRef SrcLoc, tree type) {
  if (DestLoc.Ptr == SrcLoc.Ptr && !DestLoc.Volatile && !SrcLoc.Volatile)
    return;  // noop copy.

  // If the type is small, copy the elements instead of using a block copy.
  const Type *LLVMTy = ConvertType(type);
  unsigned NumElts = CountAggregateElements(LLVMTy);
  if (TREE_CODE(TYPE_SIZE(type)) == INTEGER_CST &&
      (NumElts == 1 ||
       TREE_INT_CST_LOW(TYPE_SIZE_UNIT(type)) <
       TARGET_LLVM_MIN_BYTES_COPY_BY_MEMCPY)) {

    // Some targets (x87) cannot pass non-floating-point values using FP
    // instructions.  The LLVM type for a union may include FP elements,
    // even if some of the union fields do not; it is unsafe to pass such
    // converted types element by element.  PR 2680.

    // If the GCC type is not fully covered by the LLVM type, use memcpy. This
    // can occur with unions etc.
    if ((TREE_CODE(type) != UNION_TYPE || !containsFPField(LLVMTy)) &&
        !TheTypeConverter->GCCTypeOverlapsWithLLVMTypePadding(type, LLVMTy) &&
        // Don't copy tons of tiny elements.
        NumElts <= 8) {
      DestLoc.Ptr = Builder.CreateBitCast(DestLoc.Ptr, LLVMTy->getPointerTo());
      SrcLoc.Ptr = Builder.CreateBitCast(SrcLoc.Ptr, LLVMTy->getPointerTo());
      CopyAggregate(DestLoc, SrcLoc, Builder, type);
      return;
    }
  }

  Value *TypeSize = EmitRegister(TYPE_SIZE_UNIT(type));
  EmitMemCpy(DestLoc.Ptr, SrcLoc.Ptr, TypeSize,
             std::min(DestLoc.getAlignment(), SrcLoc.getAlignment()));
}

/// ZeroAggregate - Recursively traverse the potentially aggregate DestLoc,
/// zero'ing all of the elements.
static void ZeroAggregate(MemRef DestLoc, LLVMBuilder &Builder) {
  const Type *ElTy =
    cast<PointerType>(DestLoc.Ptr->getType())->getElementType();
  if (ElTy->isSingleValueType()) {
    StoreInst *St = Builder.CreateStore(Constant::getNullValue(ElTy),
                                        DestLoc.Ptr, DestLoc.Volatile);
    St->setAlignment(DestLoc.getAlignment());
  } else if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(ElTy)) {
    const StructLayout *SL = getTargetData().getStructLayout(STy);
    for (unsigned i = 0, e = STy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
      Value *Ptr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(DestLoc.Ptr, i);
      unsigned Alignment = MinAlign(DestLoc.getAlignment(),
                                    SL->getElementOffset(i));
      ZeroAggregate(MemRef(Ptr, Alignment, DestLoc.Volatile), Builder);
    }
  } else {
    const ArrayType *ATy = cast<ArrayType>(ElTy);
    unsigned EltSize = getTargetData().getTypeAllocSize(ATy->getElementType());
    for (unsigned i = 0, e = ATy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
      Value *Ptr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(DestLoc.Ptr, i);
      unsigned Alignment = MinAlign(DestLoc.getAlignment(), i * EltSize);
      ZeroAggregate(MemRef(Ptr, Alignment, DestLoc.Volatile), Builder);
    }
  }
}

/// EmitAggregateZero - Zero the elements of DestLoc.
void TreeToLLVM::EmitAggregateZero(MemRef DestLoc, tree type) {
  // If the type is small, copy the elements instead of using a block copy.
  if (TREE_CODE(TYPE_SIZE(type)) == INTEGER_CST &&
      TREE_INT_CST_LOW(TYPE_SIZE_UNIT(type)) < 128) {
    const Type *LLVMTy = ConvertType(type);

    // If the GCC type is not fully covered by the LLVM type, use memset. This
    // can occur with unions etc.
    if (!TheTypeConverter->GCCTypeOverlapsWithLLVMTypePadding(type, LLVMTy) &&
        // Don't zero tons of tiny elements.
        CountAggregateElements(LLVMTy) <= 8) {
      DestLoc.Ptr = Builder.CreateBitCast(DestLoc.Ptr, LLVMTy->getPointerTo());
      ZeroAggregate(DestLoc, Builder);
      return;
    }
  }

  EmitMemSet(DestLoc.Ptr, ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt8Ty(Context), 0),
             EmitRegister(TYPE_SIZE_UNIT(type)), DestLoc.getAlignment());
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitMemCpy(Value *DestPtr, Value *SrcPtr, Value *Size,
                              unsigned Align) {
  const Type *SBP = Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context);
  const Type *IntPtr = TD.getIntPtrType(Context);
  Value *Ops[4] = {
    Builder.CreateBitCast(DestPtr, SBP),
    Builder.CreateBitCast(SrcPtr, SBP),
    Builder.CreateIntCast(Size, IntPtr, /*isSigned*/true),
    ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Context), Align)
  };

  Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule, Intrinsic::memcpy,
                                               &IntPtr, 1), Ops, Ops+4);
  return Ops[0];
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitMemMove(Value *DestPtr, Value *SrcPtr, Value *Size,
                               unsigned Align) {
  const Type *SBP = Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context);
  const Type *IntPtr = TD.getIntPtrType(Context);
  Value *Ops[4] = {
    Builder.CreateBitCast(DestPtr, SBP),
    Builder.CreateBitCast(SrcPtr, SBP),
    Builder.CreateIntCast(Size, IntPtr, /*isSigned*/true),
    ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Context), Align)
  };

  Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule, Intrinsic::memmove,
                                               &IntPtr, 1), Ops, Ops+4);
  return Ops[0];
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitMemSet(Value *DestPtr, Value *SrcVal, Value *Size,
                              unsigned Align) {
  const Type *SBP = Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context);
  const Type *IntPtr = TD.getIntPtrType(Context);
  Value *Ops[4] = {
    Builder.CreateBitCast(DestPtr, SBP),
    Builder.CreateIntCast(SrcVal, Type::getInt8Ty(Context), /*isSigned*/true),
    Builder.CreateIntCast(Size, IntPtr, /*isSigned*/true),
    ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Context), Align)
  };

  Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule, Intrinsic::memset,
                                               &IntPtr, 1), Ops, Ops+4);
  return Ops[0];
}


// Emits code to do something for a type attribute
void TreeToLLVM::EmitTypeGcroot(Value *V, tree decl) {
  // GC intrinsics can only be used in functions which specify a collector.
  Fn->setGC("shadow-stack");

  Function *gcrootFun = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                                  Intrinsic::gcroot);

  // The idea is that it's a pointer to type "Value"
  // which is opaque* but the routine expects i8** and i8*.
  const PointerType *Ty = Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context);
  V = Builder.CreateBitCast(V, Ty->getPointerTo());

  Value *Ops[2] = {
    V,
    ConstantPointerNull::get(Ty)
  };

  Builder.CreateCall(gcrootFun, Ops, Ops+2);
}

// Emits annotate intrinsic if the decl has the annotate attribute set.
void TreeToLLVM::EmitAnnotateIntrinsic(Value *V, tree decl) {

  // Handle annotate attribute on global.
  tree annotateAttr = lookup_attribute("annotate", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl));

  if (!annotateAttr)
    return;

  Function *annotateFun = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                                    Intrinsic::var_annotation);

  // Get file and line number
  Constant *lineNo =
    ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Context), DECL_SOURCE_LINE(decl));
  Constant *file = ConvertMetadataStringToGV(DECL_SOURCE_FILE(decl));
  const Type *SBP = Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context);
  file = Builder.getFolder().CreateBitCast(file, SBP);

  // There may be multiple annotate attributes. Pass return of lookup_attr
  //  to successive lookups.
  while (annotateAttr) {

    // Each annotate attribute is a tree list.
    // Get value of list which is our linked list of args.
    tree args = TREE_VALUE(annotateAttr);

    // Each annotate attribute may have multiple args.
    // Treat each arg as if it were a separate annotate attribute.
    for (tree a = args; a; a = TREE_CHAIN(a)) {
      // Each element of the arg list is a tree list, so get value
      tree val = TREE_VALUE(a);

      // Assert its a string, and then get that string.
      assert(TREE_CODE(val) == STRING_CST &&
             "Annotate attribute arg should always be a string");
      const Type *SBP = Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context);
      Constant *strGV = TreeConstantToLLVM::EmitLV_STRING_CST(val);
      Value *Ops[4] = {
        Builder.CreateBitCast(V, SBP),
        Builder.CreateBitCast(strGV, SBP),
        file,
        lineNo
      };

      Builder.CreateCall(annotateFun, Ops, Ops+4);
    }

    // Get next annotate attribute.
    annotateAttr = TREE_CHAIN(annotateAttr);
    if (annotateAttr)
      annotateAttr = lookup_attribute("annotate", annotateAttr);
  }
}

//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//                  ... Basic Lists and Binding Scopes ...
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

/// EmitAutomaticVariableDecl - Emit the function-local decl to the current
/// function and set DECL_LOCAL for the decl to the right pointer.
void TreeToLLVM::EmitAutomaticVariableDecl(tree decl) {
  // If this is just the rotten husk of a variable that the gimplifier
  // eliminated all uses of, but is preserving for debug info, ignore it.
  if (TREE_CODE(decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_VALUE_EXPR(decl))
    return;

  tree type = TREE_TYPE(decl);
  const Type *Ty;  // Type to allocate
  Value *Size = 0; // Amount to alloca (null for 1)

  if (DECL_SIZE(decl) == 0) {    // Variable with incomplete type.
    if (DECL_INITIAL(decl) == 0)
      return; // Error message was already done; now avoid a crash.
    else {
      // "An initializer is going to decide the size of this array."??
      TODO(decl);
      abort();
    }
  } else if (TREE_CODE(DECL_SIZE_UNIT(decl)) == INTEGER_CST) {
    // Variable of fixed size that goes on the stack.
    Ty = ConvertType(type);
  } else {
    // Compute the variable's size in bytes.
    Size = EmitRegister(DECL_SIZE_UNIT(decl));
    Ty = Type::getInt8Ty(Context);
    Size = Builder.CreateIntCast(Size, Type::getInt32Ty(Context),
                                 /*isSigned*/false);
  }

  unsigned Alignment = 0; // Alignment in bytes.

  // Set the alignment for the local if one of the following condition is met
  // 1) DECL_ALIGN is better than the alignment as per ABI specification
  // 2) DECL_ALIGN is set by user.
  if (DECL_ALIGN(decl)) {
    unsigned TargetAlign = getTargetData().getABITypeAlignment(Ty);
    if (DECL_USER_ALIGN(decl) || 8 * TargetAlign < (unsigned)DECL_ALIGN(decl))
      Alignment = DECL_ALIGN(decl) / 8;
  }

  // Insert an alloca for this variable.
  AllocaInst *AI;
  if (!Size) {                           // Fixed size alloca -> entry block.
    AI = CreateTemporary(Ty);
  } else {
    AI = Builder.CreateAlloca(Ty, Size);
  }
  NameValue(AI, decl);

  AI->setAlignment(Alignment);

  SET_DECL_LOCAL(decl, AI);

  // Handle annotate attributes
  if (DECL_ATTRIBUTES(decl))
    EmitAnnotateIntrinsic(AI, decl);

  // Handle gcroot attribute
  if (POINTER_TYPE_P(TREE_TYPE (decl))
      && lookup_attribute("gcroot", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES(TREE_TYPE (decl))))
    {
      // We should null out local variables so that a stack crawl
      // before initialization doesn't get garbage results to follow.
      const Type *T = cast<PointerType>(AI->getType())->getElementType();
      EmitTypeGcroot(AI, decl);
      Builder.CreateStore(Constant::getNullValue(T), AI);
    }

  if (EmitDebugInfo()) {
    if (DECL_NAME(decl)) {
      TheDebugInfo->EmitDeclare(decl, dwarf::DW_TAG_auto_variable,
                                AI->getNameStr().c_str(), TREE_TYPE(decl), AI,
                                Builder);
    } else if (TREE_CODE(decl) == RESULT_DECL) {
      TheDebugInfo->EmitDeclare(decl, dwarf::DW_TAG_return_variable,
                                AI->getNameStr().c_str(), TREE_TYPE(decl), AI,
                                Builder);
    }
  }
}


//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//                           ... Control Flow ...
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

/// CreateExceptionValues - Create values used internally by exception handling.
void TreeToLLVM::CreateExceptionValues() {
  // Check to see if the exception values have been constructed.
  if (ExceptionValue) return;

  const Type *IntTy = ConvertType(integer_type_node);

  ExceptionValue = CreateTemporary(Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context));
  ExceptionValue->setName("eh_exception");

  ExceptionSelectorValue = CreateTemporary(IntTy);
  ExceptionSelectorValue->setName("eh_selector");

  FuncEHException = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                              Intrinsic::eh_exception);
  FuncEHSelector  = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                              Intrinsic::eh_selector);
  FuncEHGetTypeID = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                              Intrinsic::eh_typeid_for);
}

/// getPostPad - Return the post landing pad for the given exception handling
/// region, creating it if necessary.
BasicBlock *TreeToLLVM::getPostPad(unsigned RegionNo) {
  PostPads.grow(RegionNo);
  BasicBlock *&PostPad = PostPads[RegionNo];

  if (!PostPad)
    PostPad = BasicBlock::Create(Context, "ppad");

  return PostPad;
}

/// AddHandler - Append the given region to a vector of exception handlers.
/// A callback passed to foreach_reachable_handler.
//FIXMEstatic void AddHandler (eh_region region, void *data) {
//FIXME  ((std::vector<eh_region> *)data)->push_back(region);
//FIXME}

/// EmitLandingPads - Emit EH landing pads.
void TreeToLLVM::EmitLandingPads() {
  std::vector<Value*> Args;
//FIXME  std::vector<eh_region> Handlers;

  for (unsigned i = 1; i < LandingPads.size(); ++i) {
    BasicBlock *LandingPad = LandingPads[i];

    if (!LandingPad)
      continue;

    CreateExceptionValues();

    BeginBlock(LandingPad);

    // Fetch and store the exception.
    Value *Ex = Builder.CreateCall(FuncEHException, "eh_ptr");
    Builder.CreateStore(Ex, ExceptionValue);

    // Fetch and store the exception selector.

    // The exception and the personality function.
    Args.push_back(Builder.CreateLoad(ExceptionValue, "eh_ptr"));
abort();//FIXME
//FIXME    assert(llvm_eh_personality_libfunc
//FIXME           && "no exception handling personality function!");
//FIXME    Args.push_back(Builder.CreateBitCast(DECL_LOCAL(llvm_eh_personality_libfunc),
//FIXME                                 Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context)));
//FIXME
//FIXME    // Add selections for each handler.
//FIXME    foreach_reachable_handler(i, false, false, AddHandler, &Handlers);
//FIXME
//FIXME    for (std::vector<eh_region>::iterator I = Handlers.begin(),
//FIXME         E = Handlers.end(); I != E; ++I) {
//FIXME      eh_region region = *I;
//FIXME
//FIXME      // Create a post landing pad for the handler.
//FIXME      getPostPad(get_eh_region_number(region));
//FIXME
//FIXME      int RegionKind = classify_eh_handler(region);
//FIXME      if (RegionKind < 0) {
//FIXME        // Filter - note the length.
//FIXME        tree TypeList = get_eh_type_list(region);
//FIXME        unsigned Length = list_length(TypeList);
//FIXME        Args.reserve(Args.size() + Length + 1);
//FIXME        Args.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty, Length + 1));
//FIXME
//FIXME        // Add the type infos.
//FIXME        for (; TypeList; TypeList = TREE_CHAIN(TypeList)) {
//FIXME          tree TType = lookup_type_for_runtime(TREE_VALUE(TypeList));
//FIXME          Args.push_back(EmitRegister(TType));
//FIXME        }
//FIXME      } else if (RegionKind > 0) {
//FIXME        // Catch.
//FIXME        tree TypeList = get_eh_type_list(region);
//FIXME
//FIXME        if (!TypeList) {
//FIXME          // Catch-all - push a null pointer.
//FIXME          Args.push_back(
//FIXME            Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context))
//FIXME          );
//FIXME        } else {
//FIXME          // Add the type infos.
//FIXME          for (; TypeList; TypeList = TREE_CHAIN(TypeList)) {
//FIXME            tree TType = lookup_type_for_runtime(TREE_VALUE(TypeList));
//FIXME            Args.push_back(EmitRegister(TType));
//FIXME          }
//FIXME        }
//FIXME      }
//FIXME    }
//FIXME
//FIXME    if (can_throw_external_1(i, false, false)) {
//FIXME      // Some exceptions from this region may not be caught by any handler.
//FIXME      // Since invokes are required to branch to the unwind label no matter
//FIXME      // what exception is being unwound, append a catch-all.
//FIXME
//FIXME      // The representation of a catch-all is language specific.
//FIXME      Value *CatchAll;
//FIXME      if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || !lang_eh_catch_all) {
//FIXME        // Use a "cleanup" - this should be good enough for most languages.
//FIXME        CatchAll = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty, 0);
//FIXME      } else {
//FIXME        tree catch_all_type = lang_eh_catch_all();
//FIXME        if (catch_all_type == NULL_TREE)
//FIXME          // Use a C++ style null catch-all object.
//FIXME          CatchAll = Constant::getNullValue(
//FIXME                                    Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context));
//FIXME        else
//FIXME          // This language has a type that catches all others.
//FIXME          CatchAll = EmitRegister(catch_all_type);
//FIXME      }
//FIXME      Args.push_back(CatchAll);
//FIXME    }
//FIXME
//FIXME    // Emit the selector call.
//FIXME    Value *Select = Builder.CreateCall(FuncEHSelector, Args.begin(), Args.end(),
//FIXME                                       "eh_select");
//FIXME    Builder.CreateStore(Select, ExceptionSelectorValue);
//FIXME    // Branch to the post landing pad for the first reachable handler.
//FIXME    assert(!Handlers.empty() && "Landing pad but no handler?");
//FIXME    Builder.CreateBr(getPostPad(get_eh_region_number(*Handlers.begin())));
//FIXME
//FIXME    Handlers.clear();
//FIXME    Args.clear();
  }
}

/// EmitPostPads - Emit EH post landing pads.
void TreeToLLVM::EmitPostPads() {
//FIXME  std::vector<eh_region> Handlers;

  for (unsigned i = 1; i < PostPads.size(); ++i) {
    BasicBlock *PostPad = PostPads[i];

    if (!PostPad)
      continue;

    CreateExceptionValues();

    BeginBlock(PostPad);

abort();//FIXME
//FIXME    eh_region region = get_eh_region(i);
//FIXME    BasicBlock *Dest = getLabelDeclBlock(get_eh_region_tree_label(region));
//FIXME
//FIXME    int RegionKind = classify_eh_handler(region);
//FIXME    if (!RegionKind || !get_eh_type_list(region)) {
//FIXME      // Cleanup, catch-all or empty filter - no testing required.
//FIXME      Builder.CreateBr(Dest);
//FIXME      continue;
//FIXME    } else if (RegionKind < 0) {
//FIXME      // Filter - the result of a filter selection will be a negative index if
//FIXME      // there is a match.
//FIXME      Value *Select = Builder.CreateLoad(ExceptionSelectorValue);
//FIXME
//FIXME      // Compare with the filter action value.
//FIXME      Value *Zero = ConstantInt::get(Select->getType(), 0);
//FIXME      Value *Compare = Builder.CreateICmpSLT(Select, Zero);
//FIXME
//FIXME      // Branch on the compare.
//FIXME      BasicBlock *NoFilterBB = BasicBlock::Create(Context, "nofilter");
//FIXME      Builder.CreateCondBr(Compare, Dest, NoFilterBB);
//FIXME      BeginBlock(NoFilterBB);
//FIXME    } else if (RegionKind > 0) {
//FIXME      // Catch
//FIXME      tree TypeList = get_eh_type_list(region);
//FIXME
//FIXME      Value *Cond = NULL;
//FIXME      for (; TypeList; TypeList = TREE_CHAIN (TypeList)) {
//FIXME        Value *TType = EmitRegister(lookup_type_for_runtime(TREE_VALUE(TypeList)));
//FIXME        TType = Builder.CreateBitCast(TType,
//FIXME                              Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context));
//FIXME
//FIXME        // Call get eh type id.
//FIXME        Value *TypeID = Builder.CreateCall(FuncEHGetTypeID, TType, "eh_typeid");
//FIXME        Value *Select = Builder.CreateLoad(ExceptionSelectorValue);
//FIXME
//FIXME        // Compare with the exception selector.
//FIXME        Value *Compare = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(Select, TypeID);
//FIXME
//FIXME        Cond = Cond ? Builder.CreateOr(Cond, Compare) : Compare;
//FIXME      }
//FIXME
//FIXME      BasicBlock *NoCatchBB = NULL;
//FIXME
//FIXME      // If the comparion fails, branch to the next catch that has a
//FIXME      // post landing pad.
//FIXME      eh_region next_catch = get_eh_next_catch(region);
//FIXME      for (; next_catch; next_catch = get_eh_next_catch(next_catch)) {
//FIXME        unsigned CatchNo = get_eh_region_number(next_catch);
//FIXME
//FIXME        if (CatchNo < PostPads.size())
//FIXME          NoCatchBB = PostPads[CatchNo];
//FIXME
//FIXME        if (NoCatchBB)
//FIXME          break;
//FIXME      }
//FIXME
//FIXME      if (NoCatchBB) {
//FIXME        // Branch on the compare.
//FIXME        Builder.CreateCondBr(Cond, Dest, NoCatchBB);
//FIXME        continue;
//FIXME      }
//FIXME
//FIXME      // If there is no such catch, execute a RESX if the comparison fails.
//FIXME      NoCatchBB = BasicBlock::Create(Context, "nocatch");
//FIXME      // Branch on the compare.
//FIXME      Builder.CreateCondBr(Cond, Dest, NoCatchBB);
//FIXME      BeginBlock(NoCatchBB);
//FIXME    }
//FIXME
//FIXME    // Emit a RESX_EXPR which skips handlers with no post landing pad.
//FIXME    foreach_reachable_handler(i, true, false, AddHandler, &Handlers);
//FIXME
//FIXME    BasicBlock *TargetBB = NULL;
//FIXME
//FIXME    for (std::vector<eh_region>::iterator I = Handlers.begin(),
//FIXME         E = Handlers.end(); I != E; ++I) {
//FIXME      unsigned UnwindNo = get_eh_region_number(*I);
//FIXME
//FIXME      if (UnwindNo < PostPads.size())
//FIXME        TargetBB = PostPads[UnwindNo];
//FIXME
//FIXME      if (TargetBB)
//FIXME        break;
//FIXME    }
//FIXME
//FIXME    if (TargetBB) {
//FIXME      Builder.CreateBr(TargetBB);
//FIXME    } else {
//FIXME      assert(can_throw_external_1(i, true, false) &&
//FIXME             "Must-not-throw region handled by runtime?");
//FIXME      // Unwinding continues in the caller.
//FIXME      if (!UnwindBB)
//FIXME        UnwindBB = BasicBlock::Create(Context, "Unwind");
//FIXME      Builder.CreateBr(UnwindBB);
//FIXME    }

//FIXME    Handlers.clear();
  }
}

/// EmitUnwindBlock - Emit the lazily created EH unwind block.
void TreeToLLVM::EmitUnwindBlock() {
  if (UnwindBB) {
    CreateExceptionValues();
    BeginBlock(UnwindBB);
abort();//FIXME
//FIXME    // Fetch and store exception handler.
//FIXME    Value *Arg = Builder.CreateLoad(ExceptionValue, "eh_ptr");
//FIXME    assert(llvm_unwind_resume_libfunc && "no unwind resume function!");
//FIXME
//FIXME    // As we're emitting a naked call (not an expression) going through
//FIXME    // EmitCallOf would be wasteful and incorrect. Manually adjust
//FIXME    // the calling convention for this call here if necessary.
//FIXME#ifdef TARGET_ADJUST_LLVM_CC
//FIXME    tree fntype = TREE_TYPE(llvm_unwind_resume_libfunc);
//FIXME    CallingConv::ID CallingConvention = CallingConv::C;
//FIXME
//FIXME    TARGET_ADJUST_LLVM_CC(CallingConvention, fntype);
//FIXME    CallInst *Call = Builder.CreateCall(DECL_LOCAL(llvm_unwind_resume_libfunc),
//FIXME                                       Arg);
//FIXME    Call->setCallingConv(CallingConvention);
//FIXME#else
//FIXME    Builder.CreateCall(DECL_LOCAL(llvm_unwind_resume_libfunc), Arg);
//FIXME#endif
    Builder.CreateUnreachable();
  }
}

//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//                           ... Expressions ...
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

static bool canEmitRegisterVariable(tree exp) {
  // Only variables can be marked as 'register'.
  if (TREE_CODE(exp) != VAR_DECL || !DECL_REGISTER(exp))
    return false;

  // We can emit inline assembler for access to global register variables.
  if (TREE_STATIC(exp) || DECL_EXTERNAL(exp) || TREE_PUBLIC(exp))
    return true;

  // Emit inline asm if this is local variable with assembler name on it.
  if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P(exp))
    return true;

  // Otherwise - it's normal automatic variable.
  return false;
}

/// EmitLoadOfLValue - When an l-value expression is used in a context that
/// requires an r-value, this method emits the lvalue computation, then loads
/// the result.
Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitLoadOfLValue(tree exp) {
  if (canEmitRegisterVariable(exp))
    // If this is a register variable, EmitLV can't handle it (there is no
    // l-value of a register variable).  Emit an inline asm node that copies the
    // value out of the specified register.
    return EmitReadOfRegisterVariable(exp);

  LValue LV = EmitLV(exp);
  LV.Volatile = TREE_THIS_VOLATILE(exp);
  // TODO: Arrange for Volatile to already be set in the LValue.
  const Type *Ty = ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp));
  unsigned Alignment = LV.getAlignment();
  if (TREE_CODE(exp) == COMPONENT_REF)
    if (const StructType *STy =
        dyn_cast<StructType>(ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 0)))))
      if (STy->isPacked())
        // Packed struct members use 1 byte alignment
        Alignment = 1;


  if (!LV.isBitfield()) {
    // Scalar value: emit a load.
    return LoadRegisterFromMemory(LV, TREE_TYPE(exp), Builder);
  } else {
    // This is a bitfield reference.
    if (!LV.BitSize)
      return Constant::getNullValue(Ty);

    const Type *ValTy = cast<PointerType>(LV.Ptr->getType())->getElementType();
    unsigned ValSizeInBits = ValTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();

    // The number of loads needed to read the entire bitfield.
    unsigned Strides = 1 + (LV.BitStart + LV.BitSize - 1) / ValSizeInBits;

    assert(ValTy->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid bitfield lvalue!");
    assert(ValSizeInBits > LV.BitStart && "Bad bitfield lvalue!");
    assert(ValSizeInBits >= LV.BitSize && "Bad bitfield lvalue!");
    assert(2*ValSizeInBits > LV.BitSize+LV.BitStart && "Bad bitfield lvalue!");

    Value *Result = NULL;

    for (unsigned I = 0; I < Strides; I++) {
      unsigned Index = BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN ? I : Strides - I - 1; // MSB first
      unsigned ThisFirstBit = Index * ValSizeInBits;
      unsigned ThisLastBitPlusOne = ThisFirstBit + ValSizeInBits;
      if (ThisFirstBit < LV.BitStart)
        ThisFirstBit = LV.BitStart;
      if (ThisLastBitPlusOne > LV.BitStart+LV.BitSize)
        ThisLastBitPlusOne = LV.BitStart+LV.BitSize;

      Value *Ptr = Index ?
        Builder.CreateGEP(LV.Ptr,
                          ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Context), Index)) :
        LV.Ptr;
      LoadInst *LI = Builder.CreateLoad(Ptr, LV.Volatile);
      LI->setAlignment(Alignment);
      Value *Val = LI;

      unsigned BitsInVal = ThisLastBitPlusOne - ThisFirstBit;
      unsigned FirstBitInVal = ThisFirstBit % ValSizeInBits;

      if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
        FirstBitInVal = ValSizeInBits-FirstBitInVal-BitsInVal;

      // Mask the bits out by shifting left first, then shifting right.  The
      // LLVM optimizer will turn this into an AND if this is an unsigned
      // expression.

      if (FirstBitInVal+BitsInVal != ValSizeInBits) {
        Value *ShAmt = ConstantInt::get(ValTy, ValSizeInBits -
                                        (FirstBitInVal+BitsInVal));
        Val = Builder.CreateShl(Val, ShAmt);
      }

      // Shift right required?
      if (ValSizeInBits != BitsInVal) {
        bool AddSignBits = !TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(exp)) && !Result;
        Value *ShAmt = ConstantInt::get(ValTy, ValSizeInBits-BitsInVal);
        Val = AddSignBits ?
          Builder.CreateAShr(Val, ShAmt) : Builder.CreateLShr(Val, ShAmt);
      }

      if (Result) {
        Value *ShAmt = ConstantInt::get(ValTy, BitsInVal);
        Result = Builder.CreateShl(Result, ShAmt);
        Result = Builder.CreateOr(Result, Val);
      } else {
        Result = Val;
      }
    }

    return Builder.CreateIntCast(Result, GetRegType(TREE_TYPE(exp)),
                                 /*isSigned*/!TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(exp)));
  }
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitADDR_EXPR(tree exp) {
  LValue LV = EmitLV(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 0));
  assert((!LV.isBitfield() || LV.BitStart == 0) &&
         "It is illegal to take the address of a bitfield!");
  // Perform a cast here if necessary.  For example, GCC sometimes forms an
  // ADDR_EXPR where the operand is an array, and the ADDR_EXPR type is a
  // pointer to the first element.
  return Builder.CreateBitCast(LV.Ptr, ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp)));
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitOBJ_TYPE_REF(tree exp) {
  return Builder.CreateBitCast(EmitRegister(OBJ_TYPE_REF_EXPR(exp)),
                               ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp)));
}

/// EmitCONSTRUCTOR - emit the constructor into the location specified by
/// DestLoc.
Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitCONSTRUCTOR(tree exp, const MemRef *DestLoc) {
  tree type = TREE_TYPE(exp);
  const Type *Ty = ConvertType(type);
  if (const VectorType *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
    assert(DestLoc == 0 && "Dest location for vector value?");
    std::vector<Value *> BuildVecOps;
    BuildVecOps.reserve(VTy->getNumElements());

    // Insert all of the elements here.
    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
    tree value;
    FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, value) {
      Value *Elt = EmitMemory(value);

      if (const VectorType *EltTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Elt->getType())) {
        // GCC allows vectors to be built up from vectors.  Extract all of the
        // vector elements and add them to the list of build vector operands.
        for (unsigned i = 0, e = EltTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
          Value *Index = ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Context), i);
          BuildVecOps.push_back(Builder.CreateExtractElement(Elt, Index));
        }
      } else {
        assert(Elt->getType() == VTy->getElementType() &&
               "Unexpected type for vector constructor!");
        BuildVecOps.push_back(Elt);
      }
    }

    // Insert zero for any unspecified values.
    while (BuildVecOps.size() < VTy->getNumElements())
      BuildVecOps.push_back(Constant::getNullValue(VTy->getElementType()));
    assert(BuildVecOps.size() == VTy->getNumElements() &&
           "Vector constructor specified too many values!");

    return BuildVector(BuildVecOps);
  }

  assert(AGGREGATE_TYPE_P(type) && "Constructor for scalar type??");

  // Start out with the value zero'd out.
  EmitAggregateZero(*DestLoc, type);

  VEC(constructor_elt, gc) *elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS(exp);
  switch (TREE_CODE(TREE_TYPE(exp))) {
  case ARRAY_TYPE:
  case RECORD_TYPE:
  default:
    if (elt && VEC_length(constructor_elt, elt)) {
      // We don't handle elements yet.

      TODO(exp);
    }
    return 0;
  case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
  case UNION_TYPE:
    // Store each element of the constructor into the corresponding field of
    // DEST.
    if (!elt || VEC_empty(constructor_elt, elt)) return 0;  // no elements
    assert(VEC_length(constructor_elt, elt) == 1
           && "Union CONSTRUCTOR should have one element!");
    tree tree_purpose = VEC_index(constructor_elt, elt, 0)->index;
    tree tree_value   = VEC_index(constructor_elt, elt, 0)->value;
    if (!tree_purpose)
      return 0;  // Not actually initialized?

    if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P(TREE_TYPE(tree_purpose))) {
      EmitAggregate(tree_value, *DestLoc);
    } else {
      // Scalar value.  Evaluate to a register, then do the store.
      Value *V = EmitRegister(tree_value);
      StoreRegisterToMemory(V, *DestLoc, TREE_TYPE(tree_purpose), Builder);
    }
    break;
  }
  return 0;
}

/// llvm_load_scalar_argument - Load value located at LOC.
static Value *llvm_load_scalar_argument(Value *L,
                                        const llvm::Type *LLVMTy,
                                        unsigned RealSize,
                                        LLVMBuilder &Builder) {
  if (!RealSize)
    return UndefValue::get(LLVMTy);

  // Not clear what this is supposed to do on big endian machines...
  assert(!BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && "Unsupported case - please report");
  assert(LLVMTy->isIntegerTy() && "Expected an integer value!");
  const Type *LoadType = IntegerType::get(Context, RealSize * 8);
  L = Builder.CreateBitCast(L, LoadType->getPointerTo());
  Value *Val = Builder.CreateLoad(L);
  if (LoadType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() >= LLVMTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits())
    Val = Builder.CreateTrunc(Val, LLVMTy);
  else
    Val = Builder.CreateZExt(Val, LLVMTy);
  return Val;
}

#ifndef LLVM_LOAD_SCALAR_ARGUMENT
#define LLVM_LOAD_SCALAR_ARGUMENT(LOC,TY,SIZE,BUILDER) \
  llvm_load_scalar_argument((LOC),(TY),(SIZE),(BUILDER))
#endif

namespace {
  /// FunctionCallArgumentConversion - This helper class is driven by the ABI
  /// definition for this target to figure out how to pass arguments into the
  /// stack/regs for a function call.
  struct FunctionCallArgumentConversion : public DefaultABIClient {
    SmallVector<Value*, 16> &CallOperands;
    SmallVector<Value*, 2> LocStack;
    const FunctionType *FTy;
    const MemRef *DestLoc;
    bool useReturnSlot;
    LLVMBuilder &Builder;
    Value *TheValue;
    MemRef RetBuf;
    CallingConv::ID &CallingConv;
    bool isShadowRet;
    bool isAggrRet;
    unsigned Offset;

    FunctionCallArgumentConversion(SmallVector<Value*, 16> &ops,
                                   const FunctionType *FnTy,
                                   const MemRef *destloc,
                                   bool ReturnSlotOpt,
                                   LLVMBuilder &b,
                                   CallingConv::ID &CC)
      : CallOperands(ops), FTy(FnTy), DestLoc(destloc),
        useReturnSlot(ReturnSlotOpt), Builder(b), CallingConv(CC),
        isShadowRet(false), isAggrRet(false), Offset(0) { }

    /// getCallingConv - This provides the desired CallingConv for the function.
    CallingConv::ID& getCallingConv(void) { return CallingConv; }

    // Push the address of an argument.
    void pushAddress(Value *Loc) {
      assert(Loc && "Invalid location!");
      LocStack.push_back(Loc);
    }

    // Push the value of an argument.
    void pushValue(Value *V) {
      assert(LocStack.empty() && "Value only allowed at top level!");
      LocStack.push_back(NULL);
      TheValue = V;
    }

    // Get the address of the current location.
    Value *getAddress(void) {
      assert(!LocStack.empty());
      Value *&Loc = LocStack.back();
      if (!Loc) {
        // A value.  Store to a temporary, and return the temporary's address.
        // Any future access to this argument will reuse the same address.
        Loc = TheTreeToLLVM->CreateTemporary(TheValue->getType());
        Builder.CreateStore(TheValue, Loc);
      }
      return Loc;
    }

    // Get the value of the current location (of type Ty).
    Value *getValue(const Type *Ty) {
      assert(!LocStack.empty());
      Value *Loc = LocStack.back();
      if (Loc) {
        // An address.  Convert to the right type and load the value out.
        Loc = Builder.CreateBitCast(Loc, Ty->getPointerTo());
        return Builder.CreateLoad(Loc, "val");
      } else {
        // A value - just return it.
        assert(TheValue->getType() == Ty && "Value not of expected type!");
        return TheValue;
      }
    }

    void clear() {
      assert(LocStack.size() == 1 && "Imbalance!");
      LocStack.clear();
    }

    bool isShadowReturn() const { return isShadowRet; }
    bool isAggrReturn() { return isAggrRet; }

    // EmitShadowResult - If the return result was redirected to a buffer,
    // emit it now.
    Value *EmitShadowResult(tree type, const MemRef *DestLoc) {
      if (!RetBuf.Ptr)
        return 0;

      if (DestLoc) {
        // Copy out the aggregate return value now.
        assert(ConvertType(type) ==
               cast<PointerType>(RetBuf.Ptr->getType())->getElementType() &&
               "Inconsistent result types!");
        TheTreeToLLVM->EmitAggregateCopy(*DestLoc, RetBuf, type);
        return 0;
      } else {
        // Read out the scalar return value now.
        return Builder.CreateLoad(RetBuf.Ptr, "result");
      }
    }

    /// HandleScalarResult - This callback is invoked if the function returns a
    /// simple scalar result value.
    void HandleScalarResult(const Type *RetTy) {
      // There is nothing to do here if we return a scalar or void.
      assert(DestLoc == 0 &&
             "Call returns a scalar but caller expects aggregate!");
    }

    /// HandleAggregateResultAsScalar - This callback is invoked if the function
    /// returns an aggregate value by bit converting it to the specified scalar
    /// type and returning that.
    void HandleAggregateResultAsScalar(const Type *ScalarTy,
                                       unsigned Offset = 0) {
      this->Offset = Offset;
    }

    /// HandleAggregateResultAsAggregate - This callback is invoked if the
    /// function returns an aggregate value using multiple return values.
    void HandleAggregateResultAsAggregate(const Type *AggrTy) {
      // There is nothing to do here.
      isAggrRet = true;
    }

    /// HandleAggregateShadowResult - This callback is invoked if the function
    /// returns an aggregate value by using a "shadow" first parameter.  If
    /// RetPtr is set to true, the pointer argument itself is returned from the
    /// function.
    void HandleAggregateShadowResult(const PointerType *PtrArgTy,
                                       bool RetPtr) {
      // We need to pass memory to write the return value into.
      // FIXME: alignment and volatility are being ignored!
      assert(!DestLoc || PtrArgTy == DestLoc->Ptr->getType());

      if (DestLoc == 0) {
        // The result is unused, but still needs to be stored somewhere.
        Value *Buf = TheTreeToLLVM->CreateTemporary(PtrArgTy->getElementType());
        CallOperands.push_back(Buf);
      } else if (useReturnSlot) {
        // Letting the call write directly to the final destination is safe and
        // may be required.  Do not use a buffer.
        CallOperands.push_back(DestLoc->Ptr);
      } else {
        // Letting the call write directly to the final destination may not be
        // safe (eg: if DestLoc aliases a parameter) and is not required - pass
        // a buffer and copy it to DestLoc after the call.
        RetBuf = TheTreeToLLVM->CreateTempLoc(PtrArgTy->getElementType());
        CallOperands.push_back(RetBuf.Ptr);
      }

      // Note the use of a shadow argument.
      isShadowRet = true;
    }

    void HandlePad(const llvm::Type *LLVMTy) {
      CallOperands.push_back(UndefValue::get(LLVMTy));
    }

    /// HandleScalarShadowResult - This callback is invoked if the function
    /// returns a scalar value by using a "shadow" first parameter, which is a
    /// pointer to the scalar, of type PtrArgTy.  If RetPtr is set to true,
    /// the pointer argument itself is returned from the function.
    void HandleScalarShadowResult(const PointerType *PtrArgTy, bool RetPtr) {
      assert(DestLoc == 0 &&
             "Call returns a scalar but caller expects aggregate!");
      // Create a buffer to hold the result.  The result will be loaded out of
      // it after the call.
      RetBuf = TheTreeToLLVM->CreateTempLoc(PtrArgTy->getElementType());
      CallOperands.push_back(RetBuf.Ptr);

      // Note the use of a shadow argument.
      isShadowRet = true;
    }

    /// HandleScalarArgument - This is the primary callback that specifies an
    /// LLVM argument to pass.  It is only used for first class types.
    void HandleScalarArgument(const llvm::Type *LLVMTy, tree type,
                              unsigned RealSize = 0) {
      Value *Loc = NULL;
      if (RealSize) {
        Value *L = getAddress();
        Loc = LLVM_LOAD_SCALAR_ARGUMENT(L,LLVMTy,RealSize,Builder);
      } else
        Loc = getValue(LLVMTy);

      // Perform any implicit type conversions.
      if (CallOperands.size() < FTy->getNumParams()) {
        const Type *CalledTy= FTy->getParamType(CallOperands.size());
        if (Loc->getType() != CalledTy) {
          assert(type && "Inconsistent parameter types?");
          bool isSigned = !TYPE_UNSIGNED(type);
          Loc = TheTreeToLLVM->CastToAnyType(Loc, isSigned, CalledTy, false);
        }
      }

      CallOperands.push_back(Loc);
    }

    /// HandleByInvisibleReferenceArgument - This callback is invoked if a
    /// pointer (of type PtrTy) to the argument is passed rather than the
    /// argument itself.
    void HandleByInvisibleReferenceArgument(const llvm::Type *PtrTy, tree type){
      Value *Loc = getAddress();
      Loc = Builder.CreateBitCast(Loc, PtrTy);
      CallOperands.push_back(Loc);
    }

    /// HandleByValArgument - This callback is invoked if the aggregate function
    /// argument is passed by value. It is lowered to a parameter passed by
    /// reference with an additional parameter attribute "ByVal".
    void HandleByValArgument(const llvm::Type *LLVMTy, tree type) {
      Value *Loc = getAddress();
      assert(LLVMTy->getPointerTo() == Loc->getType());
      CallOperands.push_back(Loc);
    }

    /// HandleFCAArgument - This callback is invoked if the aggregate function
    /// argument is passed as a first class aggregate.
    void HandleFCAArgument(const llvm::Type *LLVMTy,
                           tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {
      Value *Loc = getAddress();
      assert(LLVMTy->getPointerTo() == Loc->getType());
      CallOperands.push_back(Builder.CreateLoad(Loc));
    }

    /// EnterField - Called when we're about the enter the field of a struct
    /// or union.  FieldNo is the number of the element we are entering in the
    /// LLVM Struct, StructTy is the LLVM type of the struct we are entering.
    void EnterField(unsigned FieldNo, const llvm::Type *StructTy) {
      Value *Loc = getAddress();
      Loc = Builder.CreateBitCast(Loc, StructTy->getPointerTo());
      pushAddress(Builder.CreateStructGEP(Loc, FieldNo, "elt"));
    }
    void ExitField() {
      assert(!LocStack.empty());
      LocStack.pop_back();
    }
  };
}

/// EmitCallOf - Emit a call to the specified callee with the operands specified
/// in the GIMPLE_CALL 'stmt'. If the result of the call is a scalar, return the
/// result, otherwise store it in DestLoc.
Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitCallOf(Value *Callee, gimple stmt, const MemRef *DestLoc,
                              const AttrListPtr &InPAL) {
  BasicBlock *LandingPad = 0; // Non-zero indicates an invoke.

  AttrListPtr PAL = InPAL;
  if (PAL.isEmpty() && isa<Function>(Callee))
    PAL = cast<Function>(Callee)->getAttributes();

  // Work out whether to use an invoke or an ordinary call.
  if (!stmt_could_throw_p(stmt))
    // This call does not throw - mark it 'nounwind'.
    PAL = PAL.addAttr(~0, Attribute::NoUnwind);

  if (!PAL.paramHasAttr(~0, Attribute::NoUnwind)) {
    // This call may throw.  Determine if we need to generate
    // an invoke rather than a simple call.
//FIXME    int RegionNo = lookup_stmt_eh_region(stmt);
//FIXME
//FIXME    // Is the call contained in an exception handling region?
//FIXME    if (RegionNo > 0) {
//FIXME      // Are there any exception handlers for this region?
//FIXME      if (can_throw_internal_1(RegionNo, false, false)) {
//FIXME        // There are - turn the call into an invoke.
//FIXME        LandingPads.grow(RegionNo);
//FIXME        BasicBlock *&ThisPad = LandingPads[RegionNo];
//FIXME
//FIXME        // Create a landing pad if one didn't exist already.
//FIXME        if (!ThisPad)
//FIXME          ThisPad = BasicBlock::Create(Context, "lpad");
//FIXME
//FIXME        LandingPad = ThisPad;
//FIXME      } else {
//FIXME        assert(can_throw_external_1(RegionNo, false, false) &&
//FIXME               "Must-not-throw region handled by runtime?");
//FIXME      }
//FIXME    }
  }

  tree fndecl = gimple_call_fndecl(stmt);
  tree fntype = fndecl ?
    TREE_TYPE(fndecl) : TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE(gimple_call_fn(stmt)));

  // Determine the calling convention.
  CallingConv::ID CallingConvention = CallingConv::C;
#ifdef TARGET_ADJUST_LLVM_CC
  TARGET_ADJUST_LLVM_CC(CallingConvention, fntype);
#endif

  SmallVector<Value*, 16> CallOperands;
  const PointerType *PFTy = cast<PointerType>(Callee->getType());
  const FunctionType *FTy = cast<FunctionType>(PFTy->getElementType());
  FunctionCallArgumentConversion Client(CallOperands, FTy, DestLoc,
                                        gimple_call_return_slot_opt_p(stmt),
                                        Builder, CallingConvention);
  DefaultABI ABIConverter(Client);

  // Handle the result, including struct returns.
  ABIConverter.HandleReturnType(gimple_call_return_type(stmt),
                                fndecl ? fndecl : fntype,
                                fndecl ? DECL_BUILT_IN(fndecl) : false);

  // Pass the static chain, if any, as the first parameter.
  if (gimple_call_chain(stmt))
    CallOperands.push_back(EmitMemory(gimple_call_chain(stmt)));

  // Loop over the arguments, expanding them and adding them to the op list.
  std::vector<const Type*> ScalarArgs;
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = gimple_call_num_args(stmt); i != e; ++i) {
    tree arg = gimple_call_arg(stmt, i);
    tree type = TREE_TYPE(arg);
    const Type *ArgTy = ConvertType(type);

    // Push the argument.
    if (ArgTy->isSingleValueType()) {
      // A scalar - push the value.
      Client.pushValue(EmitMemory(arg));
    } else if (LLVM_SHOULD_PASS_AGGREGATE_AS_FCA(type, ArgTy)) {
      if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P(type)) {
        // Pass the aggregate as a first class value.
        LValue ArgVal = EmitLV(arg);
        Client.pushValue(Builder.CreateLoad(ArgVal.Ptr));
      } else {
        // Already first class (eg: a complex number) - push the value.
        Client.pushValue(EmitMemory(arg));
      }
    } else {
      if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P(type)) {
        // An aggregate - push the address.
        LValue ArgVal = EmitLV(arg);
        assert(!ArgVal.isBitfield() && "Bitfields are first-class types!");
        Client.pushAddress(ArgVal.Ptr);
      } else {
        // A first class value (eg: a complex number).  Push the address of a
        // temporary copy.
        MemRef Copy = CreateTempLoc(ArgTy);
        StoreRegisterToMemory(EmitRegister(arg), Copy, type, Builder);
        Client.pushAddress(Copy.Ptr);
      }
    }

    Attributes Attrs = Attribute::None;

    unsigned OldSize = CallOperands.size();

    ABIConverter.HandleArgument(type, ScalarArgs, &Attrs);

    if (Attrs != Attribute::None) {
      // If the argument is split into multiple scalars, assign the
      // attributes to all scalars of the aggregate.
      for (unsigned i = OldSize + 1; i <= CallOperands.size(); ++i) {
        PAL = PAL.addAttr(i, Attrs);
      }
    }

    Client.clear();
  }

  // Compile stuff like:
  //   %tmp = call float (...)* bitcast (float ()* @foo to float (...)*)( )
  // to:
  //   %tmp = call float @foo( )
  // This commonly occurs due to C "implicit ..." semantics.
  if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Callee)) {
    if (CallOperands.empty() && CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::BitCast) {
      Constant *RealCallee = CE->getOperand(0);
      assert(RealCallee->getType()->isPointerTy() &&
             "Bitcast to ptr not from ptr?");
      const PointerType *RealPT = cast<PointerType>(RealCallee->getType());
      if (const FunctionType *RealFT =
          dyn_cast<FunctionType>(RealPT->getElementType())) {
        const PointerType *ActualPT = cast<PointerType>(Callee->getType());
        const FunctionType *ActualFT =
          cast<FunctionType>(ActualPT->getElementType());
        if (RealFT->getReturnType() == ActualFT->getReturnType() &&
            RealFT->getNumParams() == 0)
          Callee = RealCallee;
      }
    }
  }

  Value *Call;
  if (!LandingPad) {
    Call = Builder.CreateCall(Callee, CallOperands.begin(), CallOperands.end());
    cast<CallInst>(Call)->setCallingConv(CallingConvention);
    cast<CallInst>(Call)->setAttributes(PAL);
  } else {
    BasicBlock *NextBlock = BasicBlock::Create(Context);
    Call = Builder.CreateInvoke(Callee, NextBlock, LandingPad,
                                CallOperands.begin(), CallOperands.end());
    cast<InvokeInst>(Call)->setCallingConv(CallingConvention);
    cast<InvokeInst>(Call)->setAttributes(PAL);
    BeginBlock(NextBlock);
  }

  if (Client.isShadowReturn())
    return Client.EmitShadowResult(gimple_call_return_type(stmt), DestLoc);

  if (Call->getType()->isVoidTy())
    return 0;

  if (Client.isAggrReturn()) {
    if (TD.getTypeAllocSize(Call->getType()) <=
        TD.getTypeAllocSize(cast<PointerType>(DestLoc->Ptr->getType())
                                             ->getElementType())) {
      Value *Dest = Builder.CreateBitCast(DestLoc->Ptr,
                                          Call->getType()->getPointerTo());
      LLVM_EXTRACT_MULTIPLE_RETURN_VALUE(Call,Dest,DestLoc->Volatile,Builder);
    } else {
      // The call will return an aggregate value in registers, but
      // those registers are bigger than DestLoc.  Allocate a
      // temporary to match the registers, store the registers there,
      // cast the temporary into the correct (smaller) type, and using
      // the correct type, copy the value into DestLoc.  Assume the
      // optimizer will delete the temporary and clean this up.
      AllocaInst *biggerTmp = CreateTemporary(Call->getType());
      LLVM_EXTRACT_MULTIPLE_RETURN_VALUE(Call,biggerTmp,/*Volatile=*/false,
                                       Builder);
      EmitAggregateCopy(*DestLoc,
                        MemRef(Builder.CreateBitCast(biggerTmp,Call->getType()->
                                                     getPointerTo()),
                               DestLoc->getAlignment(),
                               DestLoc->Volatile),
                        gimple_call_return_type(stmt));
    }
    return 0;
  }

  // If the caller expects an aggregate, we have a situation where the ABI for
  // the current target specifies that the aggregate be returned in scalar
  // registers even though it is an aggregate.  We must bitconvert the scalar
  // to the destination aggregate type.  We do this by casting the DestLoc
  // pointer and storing into it.  The store does not necessarily start at the
  // beginning of the aggregate (x86-64).
  if (!DestLoc)
    return Call;   // Normal scalar return.

  Value *Ptr = DestLoc->Ptr;
  if (Client.Offset) {
    Ptr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Ptr, Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context));
    Ptr = Builder.CreateGEP(Ptr,
                    ConstantInt::get(TD.getIntPtrType(Context), Client.Offset));
  }
  Ptr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Ptr, PointerType::getUnqual(Call->getType()));
  StoreInst *St = Builder.CreateStore(Call, Ptr, DestLoc->Volatile);
  St->setAlignment(DestLoc->getAlignment());
  return 0;
}

/// EmitEXC_PTR_EXPR - Handle EXC_PTR_EXPR.
Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitEXC_PTR_EXPR(tree exp) {
abort();
//TODO  CreateExceptionValues();
//TODO  // Load exception address.
//TODO  Value *V = Builder.CreateLoad(ExceptionValue, "eh_value");
//TODO  // Cast the address to the right pointer type.
//TODO  return Builder.CreateBitCast(V, ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp)));
}

/// EmitFILTER_EXPR - Handle FILTER_EXPR.
Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitFILTER_EXPR(tree exp) {
abort();
//FIXME  CreateExceptionValues();
//FIXME  // Load exception selector.
//FIXME  return Builder.CreateLoad(ExceptionSelectorValue, "eh_select");
}

//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//               ... Inline Assembly and Register Variables ...
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//


/// Reads from register variables are handled by emitting an inline asm node
/// that copies the value out of the specified register.
Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReadOfRegisterVariable(tree decl) {
  const Type *MemTy = ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(decl));
  const Type *RegTy = GetRegType(TREE_TYPE(decl));

  // If there was an error, return something bogus.
  if (ValidateRegisterVariable(decl))
    return UndefValue::get(RegTy);

  // Turn this into a 'tmp = call Ty asm "", "={reg}"()'.
  FunctionType *FTy = FunctionType::get(MemTy, std::vector<const Type*>(),false);

  const char *Name = reg_names[decode_reg_name(extractRegisterName(decl))];

  InlineAsm *IA = InlineAsm::get(FTy, "", "={"+std::string(Name)+"}", false);
  CallInst *Call = Builder.CreateCall(IA);
  Call->setDoesNotThrow();

  // Convert the call result to in-register type.
  return Mem2Reg(Call, TREE_TYPE(decl), Builder);
}

/// Stores to register variables are handled by emitting an inline asm node
/// that copies the value into the specified register.
void TreeToLLVM::EmitModifyOfRegisterVariable(tree decl, Value *RHS) {
  // If there was an error, bail out.
  if (ValidateRegisterVariable(decl))
    return;

  // Convert to in-memory type.
  RHS = Reg2Mem(RHS, TREE_TYPE(decl), Builder);

  // Turn this into a 'call void asm sideeffect "", "{reg}"(Ty %RHS)'.
  std::vector<const Type*> ArgTys;
  ArgTys.push_back(RHS->getType());
  FunctionType *FTy = FunctionType::get(Type::getVoidTy(Context), ArgTys,
                                        false);

  const char *Name = reg_names[decode_reg_name(extractRegisterName(decl))];

  InlineAsm *IA = InlineAsm::get(FTy, "", "{"+std::string(Name)+"}", true);
  CallInst *Call = Builder.CreateCall(IA, RHS);
  Call->setDoesNotThrow();
}

/// ConvertInlineAsmStr - Convert the specified inline asm string to an LLVM
/// InlineAsm string.  The GNU style inline asm template string has the
/// following format:
///   %N (for N a digit) means print operand N in usual manner.
///   %=  means a unique number for the inline asm.
///   %lN means require operand N to be a CODE_LABEL or LABEL_REF
///       and print the label name with no punctuation.
///   %cN means require operand N to be a constant
///       and print the constant expression with no punctuation.
///   %aN means expect operand N to be a memory address
///       (not a memory reference!) and print a reference to that address.
///   %nN means expect operand N to be a constant and print a constant
///       expression for minus the value of the operand, with no other
///       punctuation.
/// Other %xN expressions are turned into LLVM ${N:x} operands.
///
static std::string ConvertInlineAsmStr(gimple stmt, tree outputs, tree inputs,
                                       tree labels, unsigned NumOperands) {
  const char *AsmStr = gimple_asm_string(stmt);

  // gimple_asm_input_p - This flag is set if this is a non-extended ASM,
  // which means that the asm string should not be interpreted, other than
  // to escape $'s.
  if (gimple_asm_input_p(stmt)) {
    const char *InStr = AsmStr;
    std::string Result;
    while (1) {
      switch (*InStr++) {
      case 0: return Result;                 // End of string.
      default: Result += InStr[-1]; break;   // Normal character.
      case '$': Result += "$$"; break;       // Escape '$' characters.
      }
    }
  }

  // Expand [name] symbolic operand names.
  tree str = resolve_asm_operand_names(build_string (strlen (AsmStr), AsmStr),
                                       outputs, inputs, labels);

  const char *InStr = TREE_STRING_POINTER(str);

  std::string Result;
  while (1) {
    switch (*InStr++) {
    case 0: return Result;                 // End of string.
    default: Result += InStr[-1]; break;   // Normal character.
    case '$': Result += "$$"; break;       // Escape '$' characters.
#ifdef ASSEMBLER_DIALECT
    // Note that we can't escape to ${, because that is the syntax for vars.
    case '{': Result += "$("; break;       // Escape '{' character.
    case '}': Result += "$)"; break;       // Escape '}' character.
    case '|': Result += "$|"; break;       // Escape '|' character.
#endif
    case '%':                              // GCC escape character.
      char EscapedChar = *InStr++;
      if (EscapedChar == '%') {            // Escaped '%' character
        Result += '%';
      } else if (EscapedChar == '=') {     // Unique ID for the asm instance.
        Result += "${:uid}";
      }
#ifdef LLVM_ASM_EXTENSIONS
      LLVM_ASM_EXTENSIONS(EscapedChar, InStr, Result)
#endif
      else if (ISALPHA(EscapedChar)) {
        // % followed by a letter and some digits. This outputs an operand in a
        // special way depending on the letter.  We turn this into LLVM ${N:o}
        // syntax.
        char *EndPtr;
        unsigned long OpNum = strtoul(InStr, &EndPtr, 10);

        if (InStr == EndPtr) {
          error_at(gimple_location(stmt),
                   "operand number missing after %%-letter");
          return Result;
        } else if (OpNum >= NumOperands) {
          error_at(gimple_location(stmt), "operand number out of range");
          return Result;
        }
        Result += "${" + utostr(OpNum) + ":" + EscapedChar + "}";
        InStr = EndPtr;
      } else if (ISDIGIT(EscapedChar)) {
        char *EndPtr;
        unsigned long OpNum = strtoul(InStr-1, &EndPtr, 10);
        InStr = EndPtr;
        Result += "$" + utostr(OpNum);
#ifdef PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P
      } else if (PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P((unsigned char)EscapedChar)) {
        Result += "${:";
        Result += EscapedChar;
        Result += "}";
#endif
      } else {
        output_operand_lossage("invalid %%-code");
      }
      break;
    }
  }
}

/// CanonicalizeConstraint - If we can canonicalize the constraint into
/// something simpler, do so now.  This turns register classes with a single
/// register into the register itself, expands builtin constraints to multiple
/// alternatives, etc.
static std::string CanonicalizeConstraint(const char *Constraint) {
  std::string Result;

  // Skip over modifier characters.
  bool DoneModifiers = false;
  while (!DoneModifiers) {
    switch (*Constraint) {
    default: DoneModifiers = true; break;
    case '=': assert(0 && "Should be after '='s");
    case '+': assert(0 && "'+' should already be expanded");
    case '*':
    case '?':
    case '!':
      ++Constraint;
      break;
    case '&':     // Pass earlyclobber to LLVM.
    case '%':     // Pass commutative to LLVM.
      Result += *Constraint++;
      break;
    case '#':  // No constraint letters left.
      return Result;
    }
  }

  while (*Constraint) {
    char ConstraintChar = *Constraint++;

    // 'g' is just short-hand for 'imr'.
    if (ConstraintChar == 'g') {
      Result += "imr";
      continue;
    }

    // Translate 'p' to 'r'.  This is supposed to check for a valid memory
    // address, but for inline assembly there is no way to know the mode of
    // the data being addressed.  Assume that a general register is always
    // a valid address.
    if (ConstraintChar == 'p')
      ConstraintChar = 'r';

    // See if this is a regclass constraint.
    unsigned RegClass;
    if (ConstraintChar == 'r')
      // REG_CLASS_FROM_CONSTRAINT doesn't support 'r' for some reason.
      RegClass = GENERAL_REGS;
    else
      RegClass = REG_CLASS_FROM_CONSTRAINT(Constraint[-1], Constraint-1);

    if (RegClass == NO_REGS) {  // not a reg class.
      Result += ConstraintChar;
      continue;
    }

    // Look to see if the specified regclass has exactly one member, and if so,
    // what it is.  Cache this information in AnalyzedRegClasses once computed.
    static std::map<unsigned, int> AnalyzedRegClasses;

    std::map<unsigned, int>::iterator I =
      AnalyzedRegClasses.lower_bound(RegClass);

    int RegMember;
    if (I != AnalyzedRegClasses.end() && I->first == RegClass) {
      // We've already computed this, reuse value.
      RegMember = I->second;
    } else {
      // Otherwise, scan the regclass, looking for exactly one member.
      RegMember = -1;  // -1 => not a single-register class.
      for (unsigned j = 0; j != FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; ++j)
        if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT(reg_class_contents[RegClass], j)) {
          if (RegMember == -1) {
            RegMember = j;
          } else {
            RegMember = -1;
            break;
          }
        }
      // Remember this answer for the next query of this regclass.
      AnalyzedRegClasses.insert(I, std::make_pair(RegClass, RegMember));
    }

    // If we found a single register register class, return the register.
    if (RegMember != -1) {
      Result += '{';
      Result += reg_names[RegMember];
      Result += '}';
    } else {
      Result += ConstraintChar;
    }
  }

  return Result;
}

/// See if operand "exp" can use the indicated Constraint (which is
/// terminated by a null or a comma).
/// Returns:  -1=no, 0=yes but auxiliary instructions needed, 1=yes and free
static int MatchWeight(const char *Constraint, tree Operand) {
  const char *p = Constraint;
  int RetVal = 0;
  // Look for hard register operand.  This matches only a constraint of a
  // register class that includes that hard register, and it matches that
  // perfectly, so we never return 0 in this case.
  if (TREE_CODE(Operand) == VAR_DECL && DECL_HARD_REGISTER(Operand)) {
    int RegNum = decode_reg_name(extractRegisterName(Operand));
    RetVal = -1;
    if (RegNum >= 0) {
      do {
        unsigned RegClass;
        if (*p == 'r')
          RegClass = GENERAL_REGS;
        else
          RegClass = REG_CLASS_FROM_CONSTRAINT(*p, p);
        if (RegClass != NO_REGS &&
            TEST_HARD_REG_BIT(reg_class_contents[RegClass], RegNum)) {
          RetVal = 1;
          break;
        }
        ++p;
      } while (*p != ',' && *p != 0);
    }
  }
  // Look for integer constant operand.  This cannot match "m", and "i" is
  // better than "r".  FIXME target-dependent immediate letters are not handled
  // yet; in general they require looking at the value.
  if (TREE_CODE(Operand) == INTEGER_CST) {
    do {
      RetVal = -1;
      if (*p == 'i' || *p == 'n') {     // integer constant
        RetVal = 1;
        break;
      }
      if (*p != 'm' && *p != 'o' && *p != 'V')    // not memory
        RetVal = 0;
      ++p;
    } while (*p != ',' && *p != 0);
  }
  /// TEMPORARY.  This has the effect that alternative 0 is always chosen,
  /// except in the cases handled above.
  return RetVal;
}

/// ChooseConstraintTuple: we know each of the NumInputs+NumOutputs strings
/// in Constraints[] is a comma-separated list of NumChoices different
/// constraints.  Look through the operands and constraint possibilities
/// and pick a tuple where all the operands match.  Replace the strings
/// in Constraints[] with the shorter strings from that tuple (malloc'ed,
/// caller is responsible for cleaning it up).  Later processing can alter what
/// Constraints points to, so to make sure we delete everything, the addresses
/// of everything we allocated also are returned in ReplacementStrings.
/// Casting back and forth from char* to const char* is Ugly, but we have to
/// interface with C code that expects const char*.
///
/// gcc's algorithm for picking "the best" tuple is quite complicated, and
/// is performed after things like SROA, not before.  At the moment we are
/// just trying to pick one that will work.  This may get refined.
static void
ChooseConstraintTuple(const char **Constraints, tree outputs, tree inputs,
                      unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
                      unsigned NumChoices, const char **ReplacementStrings)
{
  int MaxWeight = -1;
  unsigned int CommasToSkip = 0;
  int *Weights = (int *)alloca(NumChoices * sizeof(int));
  // RunningConstraints is pointers into the Constraints strings which
  // are incremented as we go to point to the beginning of each
  // comma-separated alternative.
  const char** RunningConstraints =
    (const char**)alloca((NumInputs+NumOutputs)*sizeof(const char*));
  memcpy(RunningConstraints, Constraints,
         (NumInputs+NumOutputs) * sizeof(const char*));
  // The entire point of this loop is to compute CommasToSkip.
  for (unsigned int i=0; i<NumChoices; i++) {
    Weights[i] = 0;
    unsigned int j = 0;
    for (tree Output = outputs; j<NumOutputs;
         j++, Output = TREE_CHAIN(Output)) {
      if (i==0)
        RunningConstraints[j]++;    // skip leading =
      const char* p = RunningConstraints[j];
      while (*p=='*' || *p=='&' || *p=='%')   // skip modifiers
        p++;
      if (Weights[i] != -1) {
        int w = MatchWeight(p, TREE_VALUE(Output));
        // Nonmatch means the entire tuple doesn't match.  However, we
        // keep scanning to set up RunningConstraints correctly for the
        // next tuple.
        if (w < 0)
          Weights[i] = -1;
        else
          Weights[i] += w;
      }
      while (*p!=0 && *p!=',')
        p++;
      if (*p!=0) {
        p++;      // skip comma
        while (*p=='*' || *p=='&' || *p=='%')
          p++;    // skip modifiers
      }
      RunningConstraints[j] = p;
    }
    assert(j==NumOutputs);
    for (tree Input = inputs; j<NumInputs+NumOutputs;
         j++, Input = TREE_CHAIN(Input)) {
      const char* p = RunningConstraints[j];
      if (Weights[i] != -1) {
        int w = MatchWeight(p, TREE_VALUE(Input));
        if (w < 0)
          Weights[i] = -1;    // As above.
        else
          Weights[i] += w;
      }
      while (*p!=0 && *p!=',')
        p++;
      if (*p!=0)
        p++;
      RunningConstraints[j] = p;
    }
    if (Weights[i]>MaxWeight) {
      CommasToSkip = i;
      MaxWeight = Weights[i];
    }
  }
  // We have picked an alternative (the CommasToSkip'th one).
  // Change Constraints to point to malloc'd copies of the appropriate
  // constraints picked out of the original strings.
  for (unsigned int i=0; i<NumInputs+NumOutputs; i++) {
    assert(*(RunningConstraints[i])==0);   // sanity check
    const char* start = Constraints[i];
    if (i<NumOutputs)
      start++;          // skip '=' or '+'
    const char* end = start;
    while (*end != ',' && *end != 0)
      end++;
    for (unsigned int j=0; j<CommasToSkip; j++) {
      start = end+1;
      end = start;
      while (*end != ',' && *end != 0)
        end++;
    }
    // String we want is at start..end-1 inclusive.
    // For outputs, copy the leading = or +.
    char *newstring;
    if (i<NumOutputs) {
      newstring = (char *)xmalloc(end-start+1+1);
      newstring[0] = *(Constraints[i]);
      strncpy(newstring+1, start, end-start);
      newstring[end-start+1] = 0;
    } else {
      newstring = (char *)xmalloc(end-start+1);
      strncpy(newstring, start, end-start);
      newstring[end-start] = 0;
    }
    Constraints[i] = (const char *)newstring;
    ReplacementStrings[i] = (const char*)newstring;
  }
}

static void FreeConstTupleStrings(const char **ReplacementStrings,
                                  unsigned int Size) {
  for (unsigned int i=0; i<Size; i++)
    free((char *)ReplacementStrings[i]);
}

// When extracting a register name from a DECL_HARD_REGISTER variable,
// we normally want to look up RegNum in reg_names.  This works on most
// targets, where ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES are true synonyms.  It does not
// work on x86, where ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES are overlapping subregisters;
// in particular AH and AL can't be distinguished if we go through reg_names.
static const char* getConstraintRegNameFromGccTables(const char *RegName,
                                                     unsigned int RegNum) {
#ifdef LLVM_DO_NOT_USE_REG_NAMES
  (void)RegNum;
  if (*RegName == '%')
    RegName++;
  return RegName;
#else
  return reg_names[RegNum];
#endif
}


//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//               ... Helpers for Builtin Function Expansion ...
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

Value *TreeToLLVM::BuildVector(const std::vector<Value*> &Ops) {
  assert((Ops.size() & (Ops.size()-1)) == 0 &&
         "Not a power-of-two sized vector!");
  bool AllConstants = true;
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e && AllConstants; ++i)
    AllConstants &= isa<Constant>(Ops[i]);

  // If this is a constant vector, create a ConstantVector.
  if (AllConstants) {
    std::vector<Constant*> CstOps;
    for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
      CstOps.push_back(cast<Constant>(Ops[i]));
    return ConstantVector::get(CstOps);
  }

  // Otherwise, insertelement the values to build the vector.
  Value *Result =
    UndefValue::get(VectorType::get(Ops[0]->getType(), Ops.size()));

  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
    Result = Builder.CreateInsertElement(Result, Ops[i],
                                ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Context), i));

  return Result;
}

/// BuildVector - This varargs function builds a literal vector ({} syntax) with
/// the specified null-terminated list of elements.  The elements must be all
/// the same element type and there must be a power of two of them.
Value *TreeToLLVM::BuildVector(Value *Elt, ...) {
  std::vector<Value*> Ops;
  va_list VA;
  va_start(VA, Elt);

  Ops.push_back(Elt);
  while (Value *Arg = va_arg(VA, Value *))
    Ops.push_back(Arg);
  va_end(VA);

  return BuildVector(Ops);
}

/// BuildVectorShuffle - Given two vectors and a variable length list of int
/// constants, create a shuffle of the elements of the inputs, where each dest
/// is specified by the indexes.  The int constant list must be as long as the
/// number of elements in the input vector.
///
/// Undef values may be specified by passing in -1 as the result value.
///
Value *TreeToLLVM::BuildVectorShuffle(Value *InVec1, Value *InVec2, ...) {
  assert(InVec1->getType()->isVectorTy() &&
         InVec1->getType() == InVec2->getType() && "Invalid shuffle!");
  unsigned NumElements = cast<VectorType>(InVec1->getType())->getNumElements();

  // Get all the indexes from varargs.
  std::vector<Constant*> Idxs;
  va_list VA;
  va_start(VA, InVec2);
  for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
    int idx = va_arg(VA, int);
    if (idx == -1)
      Idxs.push_back(UndefValue::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Context)));
    else {
      assert((unsigned)idx < 2*NumElements && "Element index out of range!");
      Idxs.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Context), idx));
    }
  }
  va_end(VA);

  // Turn this into the appropriate shuffle operation.
  return Builder.CreateShuffleVector(InVec1, InVec2,
                                     ConstantVector::get(Idxs));
}

//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//                     ... Builtin Function Expansion ...
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

/// EmitFrontendExpandedBuiltinCall - For MD builtins that do not have a
/// directly corresponding LLVM intrinsic, we allow the target to do some amount
/// of lowering.  This allows us to avoid having intrinsics for operations that
/// directly correspond to LLVM constructs.
///
/// This method returns true if the builtin is handled, otherwise false.
///
bool TreeToLLVM::EmitFrontendExpandedBuiltinCall(gimple stmt, tree fndecl,
                                                 const MemRef *DestLoc,
                                                 Value *&Result) {
#ifdef LLVM_TARGET_INTRINSIC_LOWER
  // Get the result type and operand line in an easy to consume format.
  const Type *ResultType = ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(TREE_TYPE(fndecl)));
  std::vector<Value*> Operands;
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = gimple_call_num_args(stmt); i != e; ++i) {
    tree OpVal = gimple_call_arg(stmt, i);
    if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P(TREE_TYPE(OpVal))) {
      MemRef OpLoc = CreateTempLoc(ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(OpVal)));
      EmitAggregate(OpVal, OpLoc);
      Operands.push_back(Builder.CreateLoad(OpLoc.Ptr));
    } else {
      Operands.push_back(EmitMemory(OpVal));
    }
  }

  return LLVM_TARGET_INTRINSIC_LOWER(stmt, fndecl, DestLoc, Result, ResultType,
                                     Operands);
#endif
  return false;
}

/// TargetBuiltinCache - A cache of builtin intrinsics indexed by the GCC
/// builtin number.
static std::vector<Constant*> TargetBuiltinCache;

void TreeToLLVM::EmitMemoryBarrier(bool ll, bool ls, bool sl, bool ss,
                                   bool device) {
  Value* C[5];
  C[0] = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(Context), ll);
  C[1] = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(Context), ls);
  C[2] = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(Context), sl);
  C[3] = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(Context), ss);
  C[4] = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(Context), device);

  Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                               Intrinsic::memory_barrier),
                     C, C + 5);
}

Value *
TreeToLLVM::BuildBinaryAtomicBuiltin(gimple stmt, Intrinsic::ID id) {
  tree return_type = gimple_call_return_type(stmt);
  const Type *ResultTy = ConvertType(return_type);
  Value* C[2] = {
    EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0)),
    EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 1))
  };
  const Type* Ty[2];
  Ty[0] = ResultTy;
  Ty[1] = ResultTy->getPointerTo();
  C[0] = Builder.CreateBitCast(C[0], Ty[1]);
  C[1] = Builder.CreateIntCast(C[1], Ty[0],
                               /*isSigned*/!TYPE_UNSIGNED(return_type),
                               "cast");
  // The gcc builtins are also full memory barriers.
  // FIXME: __sync_lock_test_and_set and __sync_lock_release require less.
#if defined(TARGET_ARM) && defined(CONFIG_DARWIN_H)
  EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, false);
#else
  EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, true);
#endif

  Value *Result =
    Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,  id,
                                                 Ty, 2),
    C, C + 2);

  // The gcc builtins are also full memory barriers.
  // FIXME: __sync_lock_test_and_set and __sync_lock_release require less.
#if defined(TARGET_ARM) && defined(CONFIG_DARWIN_H)
  EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, false);
#else
  EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, true);
#endif

  Result = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Result, ResultTy);
  return Result;
}

Value *
TreeToLLVM::BuildCmpAndSwapAtomicBuiltin(gimple stmt, tree type, bool isBool) {
  const Type *ResultTy = ConvertType(type);
  Value* C[3] = {
    EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0)),
    EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 1)),
    EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 2))
  };
  const Type* Ty[2];
  Ty[0] = ResultTy;
  Ty[1] = ResultTy->getPointerTo();
  C[0] = Builder.CreateBitCast(C[0], Ty[1]);
  C[1] = Builder.CreateIntCast(C[1], Ty[0], /*isSigned*/!TYPE_UNSIGNED(type),
                               "cast");
  C[2] = Builder.CreateIntCast(C[2], Ty[0], /*isSigned*/!TYPE_UNSIGNED(type),
                               "cast");

  // The gcc builtins are also full memory barriers.
  // FIXME: __sync_lock_test_and_set and __sync_lock_release require less.
#if defined(TARGET_ARM) && defined(CONFIG_DARWIN_H)
  EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, false);
#else
  EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, true);
#endif

  Value *Result =
    Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                                 Intrinsic::atomic_cmp_swap,
                                                 Ty, 2),
    C, C + 3);

  // The gcc builtins are also full memory barriers.
  // FIXME: __sync_lock_test_and_set and __sync_lock_release require less.
#if defined(TARGET_ARM) && defined(CONFIG_DARWIN_H)
  EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, false);
#else
  EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, true);
#endif

  if (isBool)
    Result = Builder.CreateIntCast(Builder.CreateICmpEQ(Result, C[1]),
                                   ConvertType(boolean_type_node),
                                   /*isSigned*/false);
  else
    Result = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Result, ResultTy);
  return Result;
}

/// EmitBuiltinCall - stmt is a call to fndecl, a builtin function.  Try to emit
/// the call in a special way, setting Result to the scalar result if necessary.
/// If we can't handle the builtin, return false, otherwise return true.
bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinCall(gimple stmt, tree fndecl,
                                 const MemRef *DestLoc, Value *&Result) {
  if (DECL_BUILT_IN_CLASS(fndecl) == BUILT_IN_MD) {
    unsigned FnCode = DECL_FUNCTION_CODE(fndecl);
    if (TargetBuiltinCache.size() <= FnCode)
      TargetBuiltinCache.resize(FnCode+1);

    // If we haven't converted this intrinsic over yet, do so now.
    if (TargetBuiltinCache[FnCode] == 0) {
      const char *TargetPrefix = "";
#ifdef LLVM_TARGET_INTRINSIC_PREFIX
      TargetPrefix = LLVM_TARGET_INTRINSIC_PREFIX;
#endif
      // If this builtin directly corresponds to an LLVM intrinsic, get the
      // IntrinsicID now.
      const char *BuiltinName = IDENTIFIER_POINTER(DECL_NAME(fndecl));
      Intrinsic::ID IntrinsicID =
        Intrinsic::getIntrinsicForGCCBuiltin(TargetPrefix, BuiltinName);
      if (IntrinsicID == Intrinsic::not_intrinsic) {
        if (EmitFrontendExpandedBuiltinCall(stmt, fndecl, DestLoc, Result))
          return true;

        error_at(gimple_location(stmt),
                 "unsupported target builtin %<%s%> used", BuiltinName);
        const Type *ResTy = ConvertType(gimple_call_return_type(stmt));
        if (ResTy->isSingleValueType())
          Result = UndefValue::get(ResTy);
        return true;
      }

      // Finally, map the intrinsic ID back to a name.
      TargetBuiltinCache[FnCode] =
        Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule, IntrinsicID);
    }

    Result = EmitCallOf(TargetBuiltinCache[FnCode], stmt, DestLoc,
                        AttrListPtr());
    return true;
  }

  enum built_in_function fcode = DECL_FUNCTION_CODE(fndecl);
  switch (fcode) {
  default: return false;
  // Varargs builtins.
  case BUILT_IN_VA_START:       return EmitBuiltinVAStart(stmt);
  case BUILT_IN_VA_END:         return EmitBuiltinVAEnd(stmt);
  case BUILT_IN_VA_COPY:        return EmitBuiltinVACopy(stmt);
  case BUILT_IN_CONSTANT_P:     return EmitBuiltinConstantP(stmt, Result);
  case BUILT_IN_ALLOCA:         return EmitBuiltinAlloca(stmt, Result);
  case BUILT_IN_EXTEND_POINTER: return EmitBuiltinExtendPointer(stmt, Result);
  case BUILT_IN_EXPECT:         return EmitBuiltinExpect(stmt, Result);
  case BUILT_IN_MEMCPY:         return EmitBuiltinMemCopy(stmt, Result,
                                                          false, false);
  case BUILT_IN_MEMCPY_CHK:     return EmitBuiltinMemCopy(stmt, Result,
                                                          false, true);
  case BUILT_IN_MEMMOVE:        return EmitBuiltinMemCopy(stmt, Result,
                                                          true, false);
  case BUILT_IN_MEMMOVE_CHK:    return EmitBuiltinMemCopy(stmt, Result,
                                                          true, true);
  case BUILT_IN_MEMSET:         return EmitBuiltinMemSet(stmt, Result, false);
  case BUILT_IN_MEMSET_CHK:     return EmitBuiltinMemSet(stmt, Result, true);
  case BUILT_IN_BZERO:          return EmitBuiltinBZero(stmt, Result);
  case BUILT_IN_PREFETCH:       return EmitBuiltinPrefetch(stmt);
  case BUILT_IN_FRAME_ADDRESS:  return EmitBuiltinReturnAddr(stmt, Result,true);
  case BUILT_IN_RETURN_ADDRESS:
    return EmitBuiltinReturnAddr(stmt, Result,false);
  case BUILT_IN_STACK_SAVE:     return EmitBuiltinStackSave(stmt, Result);
  case BUILT_IN_STACK_RESTORE:  return EmitBuiltinStackRestore(stmt);
  case BUILT_IN_EXTRACT_RETURN_ADDR:
   return EmitBuiltinExtractReturnAddr(stmt, Result);
  case BUILT_IN_FROB_RETURN_ADDR:
   return EmitBuiltinFrobReturnAddr(stmt, Result);
  case BUILT_IN_ADJUST_TRAMPOLINE:
    return EmitBuiltinAdjustTrampoline(stmt, Result);
  case BUILT_IN_INIT_TRAMPOLINE:
    return EmitBuiltinInitTrampoline(stmt, Result);

  // Builtins used by the exception handling runtime.
  case BUILT_IN_DWARF_CFA:
    return EmitBuiltinDwarfCFA(stmt, Result);
#ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
  case BUILT_IN_DWARF_SP_COLUMN:
    return EmitBuiltinDwarfSPColumn(stmt, Result);
  case BUILT_IN_INIT_DWARF_REG_SIZES:
    return EmitBuiltinInitDwarfRegSizes(stmt, Result);
#endif
  case BUILT_IN_EH_RETURN:
    return EmitBuiltinEHReturn(stmt, Result);
#ifdef EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO
  case BUILT_IN_EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO:
    return EmitBuiltinEHReturnDataRegno(stmt, Result);
#endif
  case BUILT_IN_UNWIND_INIT:
    return EmitBuiltinUnwindInit(stmt, Result);

  case BUILT_IN_OBJECT_SIZE: {
    if (!validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, POINTER_TYPE, INTEGER_TYPE, VOID_TYPE)) {
      error("Invalid builtin_object_size argument types");
      return false;
    }
    tree ObjSizeTree = gimple_call_arg(stmt, 1);
    STRIP_NOPS (ObjSizeTree);
    if (TREE_CODE (ObjSizeTree) != INTEGER_CST
        || tree_int_cst_sgn (ObjSizeTree) < 0
        || compare_tree_int (ObjSizeTree, 3) > 0) {
      error("Invalid second builtin_object_size argument");
      return false;
    }

    // LLVM doesn't handle type 1 or type 3. Deal with that here.
    Value *Tmp = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 1));
    
    ConstantInt *CI = cast<ConstantInt>(Tmp);
    
    // Clear the bottom bit since we only handle whole objects and shift to turn
    // the second bit into our boolean.
    uint64_t val = (CI->getZExtValue() & 0x2) >> 1;
    
    Value *NewTy = ConstantInt::get(Tmp->getType(), val);
    
    Value* Args[] = {
      EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0)),
      NewTy
    };

    // Grab the current return type.
    const Type* Ty = ConvertType(gimple_call_return_type(stmt));

    // Manually coerce the arg to the correct pointer type.
    Args[0] = Builder.CreateBitCast(Args[0], Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context));
    Args[1] = Builder.CreateIntCast(Args[1], Type::getInt1Ty(Context),
                                    /*isSigned*/false);

    Result = Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                                          Intrinsic::objectsize,
                                                          &Ty,
                                                          1),
                                Args, Args + 2);
    return true;
  }
  // Unary bit counting intrinsics.
  // NOTE: do not merge these case statements.  That will cause the memoized
  // Function* to be incorrectly shared across the different typed functions.
  case BUILT_IN_CLZ:       // These GCC builtins always return int.
  case BUILT_IN_CLZL:
  case BUILT_IN_CLZLL: {
    Value *Amt = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
    EmitBuiltinUnaryOp(Amt, Result, Intrinsic::ctlz);
    tree return_type = gimple_call_return_type(stmt);
    const Type *DestTy = ConvertType(return_type);
    Result = Builder.CreateIntCast(Result, DestTy,
                                   /*isSigned*/!TYPE_UNSIGNED(return_type),
                                   "cast");
    return true;
  }
  case BUILT_IN_CTZ:       // These GCC builtins always return int.
  case BUILT_IN_CTZL:
  case BUILT_IN_CTZLL: {
    Value *Amt = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
    EmitBuiltinUnaryOp(Amt, Result, Intrinsic::cttz);
    tree return_type = gimple_call_return_type(stmt);
    const Type *DestTy = ConvertType(return_type);
    Result = Builder.CreateIntCast(Result, DestTy,
                                   /*isSigned*/!TYPE_UNSIGNED(return_type),
                                   "cast");
    return true;
  }
  case BUILT_IN_PARITYLL:
  case BUILT_IN_PARITYL:
  case BUILT_IN_PARITY: {
    Value *Amt = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
    EmitBuiltinUnaryOp(Amt, Result, Intrinsic::ctpop);
    Result = Builder.CreateBinOp(Instruction::And, Result,
                                 ConstantInt::get(Result->getType(), 1));
    return true;
  }
  case BUILT_IN_POPCOUNT:  // These GCC builtins always return int.
  case BUILT_IN_POPCOUNTL:
  case BUILT_IN_POPCOUNTLL: {
    Value *Amt = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
    EmitBuiltinUnaryOp(Amt, Result, Intrinsic::ctpop);
    tree return_type = gimple_call_return_type(stmt);
    const Type *DestTy = ConvertType(return_type);
    Result = Builder.CreateIntCast(Result, DestTy,
                                   /*isSigned*/!TYPE_UNSIGNED(return_type),
                                   "cast");
    return true;
  }
  case BUILT_IN_BSWAP32:
  case BUILT_IN_BSWAP64: {
    Value *Amt = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
    EmitBuiltinUnaryOp(Amt, Result, Intrinsic::bswap);
    tree return_type = gimple_call_return_type(stmt);
    const Type *DestTy = ConvertType(return_type);
    Result = Builder.CreateIntCast(Result, DestTy,
                                   /*isSigned*/!TYPE_UNSIGNED(return_type),
                                   "cast");
    return true;
  }

  case BUILT_IN_SQRT:
  case BUILT_IN_SQRTF:
  case BUILT_IN_SQRTL:
    // The result of sqrt(negative) is implementation-defined, but follows
    // IEEE754 in most current implementations. llvm.sqrt, which has undefined
    // behavior for such inputs, is an inappropriate substitute.
    break;
  case BUILT_IN_POWI:
  case BUILT_IN_POWIF:
  case BUILT_IN_POWIL:
    Result = EmitBuiltinPOWI(stmt);
    return true;
  case BUILT_IN_POW:
  case BUILT_IN_POWF:
  case BUILT_IN_POWL:
    // If errno math has been disabled, expand these to llvm.pow calls.
    if (!flag_errno_math) {
      Result = EmitBuiltinPOW(stmt);
      return true;
    }
    break;
  case BUILT_IN_LOG:
  case BUILT_IN_LOGF:
  case BUILT_IN_LOGL:
    // If errno math has been disabled, expand these to llvm.log calls.
    if (!flag_errno_math) {
      Value *Amt = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
      EmitBuiltinUnaryOp(Amt, Result, Intrinsic::log);
      Result = CastToFPType(Result, ConvertType(gimple_call_return_type(stmt)));
      return true;
    }
    break;
  case BUILT_IN_LOG2:
  case BUILT_IN_LOG2F:
  case BUILT_IN_LOG2L:
    // If errno math has been disabled, expand these to llvm.log2 calls.
    if (!flag_errno_math) {
      Value *Amt = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
      EmitBuiltinUnaryOp(Amt, Result, Intrinsic::log2);
      Result = CastToFPType(Result, ConvertType(gimple_call_return_type(stmt)));
      return true;
    }
    break;
  case BUILT_IN_LOG10:
  case BUILT_IN_LOG10F:
  case BUILT_IN_LOG10L:
    // If errno math has been disabled, expand these to llvm.log10 calls.
    if (!flag_errno_math) {
      Value *Amt = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
      EmitBuiltinUnaryOp(Amt, Result, Intrinsic::log10);
      Result = CastToFPType(Result, ConvertType(gimple_call_return_type(stmt)));
      return true;
    }
    break;
  case BUILT_IN_EXP:
  case BUILT_IN_EXPF:
  case BUILT_IN_EXPL:
    // If errno math has been disabled, expand these to llvm.exp calls.
    if (!flag_errno_math) {
      Value *Amt = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
      EmitBuiltinUnaryOp(Amt, Result, Intrinsic::exp);
      Result = CastToFPType(Result, ConvertType(gimple_call_return_type(stmt)));
      return true;
    }
    break;
  case BUILT_IN_EXP2:
  case BUILT_IN_EXP2F:
  case BUILT_IN_EXP2L:
    // If errno math has been disabled, expand these to llvm.exp2 calls.
    if (!flag_errno_math) {
      Value *Amt = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
      EmitBuiltinUnaryOp(Amt, Result, Intrinsic::exp2);
      Result = CastToFPType(Result, ConvertType(gimple_call_return_type(stmt)));
      return true;
    }
    break;
  case BUILT_IN_FFS:  // These GCC builtins always return int.
  case BUILT_IN_FFSL:
  case BUILT_IN_FFSLL: {      // FFS(X) -> (x == 0 ? 0 : CTTZ(x)+1)
    // The argument and return type of cttz should match the argument type of
    // the ffs, but should ignore the return type of ffs.
    Value *Amt = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
    EmitBuiltinUnaryOp(Amt, Result, Intrinsic::cttz);
    Result = Builder.CreateAdd(Result,
      ConstantInt::get(Result->getType(), 1));
    Result = Builder.CreateIntCast(Result,
                                   ConvertType(gimple_call_return_type(stmt)),
                                   /*isSigned*/false);
    Value *Cond =
      Builder.CreateICmpEQ(Amt,
                           Constant::getNullValue(Amt->getType()));
    Result = Builder.CreateSelect(Cond,
                           Constant::getNullValue(Result->getType()),
                                  Result);
    return true;
  }
//TODO  case BUILT_IN_FLT_ROUNDS: {
//TODO    Result =
//TODO      Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
//TODO                                                   Intrinsic::flt_rounds));
//TODO    Result = Builder.CreateBitCast(Result, ConvertType(gimple_call_return_type(stmt)));
//TODO    return true;
//TODO  }
  case BUILT_IN_TRAP:
    Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule, Intrinsic::trap));
    // Emit an explicit unreachable instruction.
    Builder.CreateUnreachable();
    BeginBlock(BasicBlock::Create(Context));
    return true;

//TODO  // Convert annotation built-in to llvm.annotation intrinsic.
//TODO  case BUILT_IN_ANNOTATION: {
//TODO
//TODO    // Get file and line number
//TODO    location_t locus = gimple_location(stmt);
//TODO    Constant *lineNo = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty, LOCATION_LINE(locus));
//TODO    Constant *file = ConvertMetadataStringToGV(LOCATION_FILE(locus));
//TODO    const Type *SBP= Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context);
//TODO    file = Builder.getFolder().CreateBitCast(file, SBP);
//TODO
//TODO    // Get arguments.
//TODO    tree arglist = CALL_EXPR_ARGS(stmt);
//TODO    Value *ExprVal = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
//TODO    const Type *Ty = ExprVal->getType();
//TODO    Value *StrVal = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 1));
//TODO
//TODO    SmallVector<Value *, 4> Args;
//TODO    Args.push_back(ExprVal);
//TODO    Args.push_back(StrVal);
//TODO    Args.push_back(file);
//TODO    Args.push_back(lineNo);
//TODO
//TODO    assert(Ty && "llvm.annotation arg type may not be null");
//TODO    Result = Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
//TODO                                                          Intrinsic::annotation,
//TODO                                                          &Ty,
//TODO                                                          1),
//TODO                                Args.begin(), Args.end());
//TODO    return true;
//TODO  }

  case BUILT_IN_SYNCHRONIZE: {
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    if (TARGET_THUMB1 || !arm_arch6)
      return false;
#endif
    // We assume like gcc appears to, that this only applies to cached memory.
    Value* C[5];
    C[0] = C[1] = C[2] = C[3] = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(Context), 1);
    C[4] = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(Context), 0);

    Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                                 Intrinsic::memory_barrier),
                       C, C + 5);
    return true;
  }
#if defined(TARGET_ALPHA) || defined(TARGET_386) || defined(TARGET_POWERPC) \
    || defined(TARGET_ARM)
    // gcc uses many names for the sync intrinsics
    // The type of the first argument is not reliable for choosing the
    // right llvm function; if the original type is not volatile, gcc has
    // helpfully changed it to "volatile void *" at this point.  The
    // original type can be recovered from the function type in most cases.
    // For lock_release and bool_compare_and_swap even that is not good
    // enough, we have to key off the opcode.
    // Note that Intrinsic::getDeclaration expects the type list in reversed
    // order, while CreateCall expects the parameter list in normal order.
  case BUILT_IN_BOOL_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_1: {
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    if (TARGET_THUMB1 || !arm_arch6)
      return false;
#endif
    Result = BuildCmpAndSwapAtomicBuiltin(stmt, unsigned_char_type_node, true);
    return true;
  }
  case BUILT_IN_BOOL_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_2: {
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    if (TARGET_THUMB1 || !arm_arch6)
      return false;
#endif
    Result = BuildCmpAndSwapAtomicBuiltin(stmt, short_unsigned_type_node, true);
    return true;
  }
  case BUILT_IN_BOOL_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_4: {
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    if (TARGET_THUMB1 || !arm_arch6)
      return false;
#endif
    Result = BuildCmpAndSwapAtomicBuiltin(stmt, unsigned_type_node, true);
    return true;
  }
  case BUILT_IN_BOOL_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_8: {
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    return false;
#endif
#if defined(TARGET_POWERPC)
    if (!TARGET_64BIT)
      return false;
#endif
    Result = BuildCmpAndSwapAtomicBuiltin(stmt, long_long_unsigned_type_node,
                                          true);
    return true;
  }

  case BUILT_IN_VAL_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_8:
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    return false;
#endif
#if defined(TARGET_POWERPC)
    if (!TARGET_64BIT)
      return false;
#endif
  case BUILT_IN_VAL_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_1:
  case BUILT_IN_VAL_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_2:
  case BUILT_IN_VAL_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_4: {
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    if (TARGET_THUMB1 || !arm_arch6)
      return false;
#endif
    tree type = gimple_call_return_type(stmt);
    Result = BuildCmpAndSwapAtomicBuiltin(stmt, type, false);
    return true;
  }
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_ADD_8:
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    return false;
#endif
#if defined(TARGET_POWERPC)
    if (!TARGET_64BIT)
      return false;
#endif
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_ADD_1:
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_ADD_2:
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_ADD_4: {
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    if (TARGET_THUMB1 || !arm_arch6)
      return false;
#endif
    Result = BuildBinaryAtomicBuiltin(stmt, Intrinsic::atomic_load_add);
    return true;
  }
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_SUB_8:
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    return false;
#endif
#if defined(TARGET_POWERPC)
    if (!TARGET_64BIT)
      return false;
#endif
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_SUB_1:
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_SUB_2:
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_SUB_4: {
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    if (TARGET_THUMB1 || !arm_arch6)
      return false;
#endif
    Result = BuildBinaryAtomicBuiltin(stmt, Intrinsic::atomic_load_sub);
    return true;
  }
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_OR_8:
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    return false;
#endif
#if defined(TARGET_POWERPC)
    if (!TARGET_64BIT)
      return false;
#endif
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_OR_1:
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_OR_2:
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_OR_4: {
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    if (TARGET_THUMB1 || !arm_arch6)
      return false;
#endif
    Result = BuildBinaryAtomicBuiltin(stmt, Intrinsic::atomic_load_or);
    return true;
  }
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_AND_8:
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    return false;
#endif
#if defined(TARGET_POWERPC)
    if (!TARGET_64BIT)
      return false;
#endif
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_AND_1:
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_AND_2:
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_AND_4: {
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    if (TARGET_THUMB1 || !arm_arch6)
      return false;
#endif
    Result = BuildBinaryAtomicBuiltin(stmt, Intrinsic::atomic_load_and);
    return true;
  }
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_XOR_8:
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    return false;
#endif
#if defined(TARGET_POWERPC)
    if (!TARGET_64BIT)
      return false;
#endif
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_XOR_1:
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_XOR_2:
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_XOR_4: {
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    if (TARGET_THUMB1 || !arm_arch6)
      return false;
#endif
    Result = BuildBinaryAtomicBuiltin(stmt, Intrinsic::atomic_load_xor);
    return true;
  }
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_NAND_8:
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    return false;
#endif
#if defined(TARGET_POWERPC)
    if (!TARGET_64BIT)
      return false;
#endif
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_NAND_1:
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_NAND_2:
  case BUILT_IN_FETCH_AND_NAND_4: {
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    if (TARGET_THUMB1 || !arm_arch6)
      return false;
#endif
    Result = BuildBinaryAtomicBuiltin(stmt, Intrinsic::atomic_load_nand);
    return true;
  }
  case BUILT_IN_LOCK_TEST_AND_SET_8:
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    return false;
#endif
#if defined(TARGET_POWERPC)
    if (!TARGET_64BIT)
      return false;
#endif
  case BUILT_IN_LOCK_TEST_AND_SET_1:
  case BUILT_IN_LOCK_TEST_AND_SET_2:
  case BUILT_IN_LOCK_TEST_AND_SET_4: {
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    if (TARGET_THUMB1 || !arm_arch6)
      return false;
#endif
    Result = BuildBinaryAtomicBuiltin(stmt, Intrinsic::atomic_swap);
    return true;
  }

  case BUILT_IN_ADD_AND_FETCH_8:
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    return false;
#endif
#if defined(TARGET_POWERPC)
    if (!TARGET_64BIT)
      return false;
#endif
  case BUILT_IN_ADD_AND_FETCH_1:
  case BUILT_IN_ADD_AND_FETCH_2:
  case BUILT_IN_ADD_AND_FETCH_4: {
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    if (TARGET_THUMB1 || !arm_arch6)
      return false;
#endif
    tree return_type = gimple_call_return_type(stmt);
    const Type *ResultTy = ConvertType(return_type);
    Value* C[2] = {
      EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0)),
      EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 1))
    };
    const Type* Ty[2];
    Ty[0] = ResultTy;
    Ty[1] = ResultTy->getPointerTo();
    C[0] = Builder.CreateBitCast(C[0], Ty[1]);
    C[1] = Builder.CreateIntCast(C[1], Ty[0],
                                 /*isSigned*/!TYPE_UNSIGNED(return_type),
                                 "cast");

    // The gcc builtins are also full memory barriers.
    // FIXME: __sync_lock_test_and_set and __sync_lock_release require less.
#if defined(TARGET_ARM) && defined(CONFIG_DARWIN_H)
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, false);
#else
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, true);
#endif

    Result =
      Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                                   Intrinsic::atomic_load_add,
                                                   Ty, 2),
                         C, C + 2);

    // The gcc builtins are also full memory barriers.
    // FIXME: __sync_lock_test_and_set and __sync_lock_release require less.
#if defined(TARGET_ARM) && defined(CONFIG_DARWIN_H)
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, false);
#else
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, true);
#endif

    Result = Builder.CreateAdd(Result, C[1]);
    Result = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Result, ResultTy);
    return true;
  }
  case BUILT_IN_SUB_AND_FETCH_8:
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    return false;
#endif
#if defined(TARGET_POWERPC)
    if (!TARGET_64BIT)
      return false;
#endif
  case BUILT_IN_SUB_AND_FETCH_1:
  case BUILT_IN_SUB_AND_FETCH_2:
  case BUILT_IN_SUB_AND_FETCH_4: {
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    if (TARGET_THUMB1 || !arm_arch6)
      return false;
#endif
    tree return_type = gimple_call_return_type(stmt);
    const Type *ResultTy = ConvertType(return_type);
    Value* C[2] = {
      EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0)),
      EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 1))
    };
    const Type* Ty[2];
    Ty[0] = ResultTy;
    Ty[1] = ResultTy->getPointerTo();
    C[0] = Builder.CreateBitCast(C[0], Ty[1]);
    C[1] = Builder.CreateIntCast(C[1], Ty[0],
                                 /*isSigned*/!TYPE_UNSIGNED(return_type),
                                 "cast");

    // The gcc builtins are also full memory barriers.
    // FIXME: __sync_lock_test_and_set and __sync_lock_release require less.
#if defined(TARGET_ARM) && defined(CONFIG_DARWIN_H)
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, false);
#else
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, true);
#endif

    Result =
      Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                                   Intrinsic::atomic_load_sub,
                                                   Ty, 2),
                         C, C + 2);

    // The gcc builtins are also full memory barriers.
    // FIXME: __sync_lock_test_and_set and __sync_lock_release require less.
#if defined(TARGET_ARM) && defined(CONFIG_DARWIN_H)
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, false);
#else
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, true);
#endif

    Result = Builder.CreateSub(Result, C[1]);
    Result = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Result, ResultTy);
    return true;
  }
  case BUILT_IN_OR_AND_FETCH_8:
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    return false;
#endif
#if defined(TARGET_POWERPC)
    if (!TARGET_64BIT)
      return false;
#endif
  case BUILT_IN_OR_AND_FETCH_1:
  case BUILT_IN_OR_AND_FETCH_2:
  case BUILT_IN_OR_AND_FETCH_4: {
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    if (TARGET_THUMB1 || !arm_arch6)
      return false;
#endif
    tree return_type = gimple_call_return_type(stmt);
    const Type *ResultTy = ConvertType(return_type);
    Value* C[2] = {
      EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0)),
      EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 1))
    };
    const Type* Ty[2];
    Ty[0] = ResultTy;
    Ty[1] = ResultTy->getPointerTo();
    C[0] = Builder.CreateBitCast(C[0], Ty[1]);
    C[1] = Builder.CreateIntCast(C[1], Ty[0],
                                 /*isSigned*/!TYPE_UNSIGNED(return_type),
                                 "cast");

    // The gcc builtins are also full memory barriers.
    // FIXME: __sync_lock_test_and_set and __sync_lock_release require less.
#if defined(TARGET_ARM) && defined(CONFIG_DARWIN_H)
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, false);
#else
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, true);
#endif

    Result =
      Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                                   Intrinsic::atomic_load_or,
                                                   Ty, 2),
                         C, C + 2);

    // The gcc builtins are also full memory barriers.
    // FIXME: __sync_lock_test_and_set and __sync_lock_release require less.
#if defined(TARGET_ARM) && defined(CONFIG_DARWIN_H)
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, false);
#else
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, true);
#endif

    Result = Builder.CreateOr(Result, C[1]);
    Result = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Result, ResultTy);
    return true;
  }
  case BUILT_IN_AND_AND_FETCH_8:
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    return false;
#endif
#if defined(TARGET_POWERPC)
    if (!TARGET_64BIT)
      return false;
#endif
  case BUILT_IN_AND_AND_FETCH_1:
  case BUILT_IN_AND_AND_FETCH_2:
  case BUILT_IN_AND_AND_FETCH_4: {
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    if (TARGET_THUMB1 || !arm_arch6)
      return false;
#endif
    tree return_type = gimple_call_return_type(stmt);
    const Type *ResultTy = ConvertType(return_type);
    Value* C[2] = {
      EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0)),
      EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 1))
    };
    const Type* Ty[2];
    Ty[0] = ResultTy;
    Ty[1] = ResultTy->getPointerTo();
    C[0] = Builder.CreateBitCast(C[0], Ty[1]);
    C[1] = Builder.CreateIntCast(C[1], Ty[0],
                                 /*isSigned*/!TYPE_UNSIGNED(return_type),
                                 "cast");

    // The gcc builtins are also full memory barriers.
    // FIXME: __sync_lock_test_and_set and __sync_lock_release require less.
#if defined(TARGET_ARM) && defined(CONFIG_DARWIN_H)
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, false);
#else
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, true);
#endif

    Result =
      Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                                   Intrinsic::atomic_load_and,
                                                   Ty, 2),
                         C, C + 2);

    // The gcc builtins are also full memory barriers.
    // FIXME: __sync_lock_test_and_set and __sync_lock_release require less.
#if defined(TARGET_ARM) && defined(CONFIG_DARWIN_H)
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, false);
#else
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, true);
#endif

    Result = Builder.CreateAnd(Result, C[1]);
    Result = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Result, ResultTy);
    return true;
  }
  case BUILT_IN_XOR_AND_FETCH_8:
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    return false;
#endif
#if defined(TARGET_POWERPC)
    if (!TARGET_64BIT)
      return false;
#endif
  case BUILT_IN_XOR_AND_FETCH_1:
  case BUILT_IN_XOR_AND_FETCH_2:
  case BUILT_IN_XOR_AND_FETCH_4: {
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    if (TARGET_THUMB1 || !arm_arch6)
      return false;
#endif
    tree return_type = gimple_call_return_type(stmt);
    const Type *ResultTy = ConvertType(return_type);
    Value* C[2] = {
      EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0)),
      EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 1))
    };
    const Type* Ty[2];
    Ty[0] = ResultTy;
    Ty[1] = ResultTy->getPointerTo();
    C[0] = Builder.CreateBitCast(C[0], Ty[1]);
    C[1] = Builder.CreateIntCast(C[1], Ty[0],
                                 /*isSigned*/!TYPE_UNSIGNED(return_type),
                                 "cast");

    // The gcc builtins are also full memory barriers.
    // FIXME: __sync_lock_test_and_set and __sync_lock_release require less.
#if defined(TARGET_ARM) && defined(CONFIG_DARWIN_H)
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, false);
#else
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, true);
#endif

    Result =
      Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                                   Intrinsic::atomic_load_xor,
                                                   Ty, 2),
                         C, C + 2);

    // The gcc builtins are also full memory barriers.
    // FIXME: __sync_lock_test_and_set and __sync_lock_release require less.
#if defined(TARGET_ARM) && defined(CONFIG_DARWIN_H)
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, false);
#else
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, true);
#endif

    Result = Builder.CreateXor(Result, C[1]);
    Result = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Result, ResultTy);
    return true;
  }
  case BUILT_IN_NAND_AND_FETCH_8:
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    return false;
#endif
#if defined(TARGET_POWERPC)
    if (!TARGET_64BIT)
      return false;
#endif
  case BUILT_IN_NAND_AND_FETCH_1:
  case BUILT_IN_NAND_AND_FETCH_2:
  case BUILT_IN_NAND_AND_FETCH_4: {
#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
    if (TARGET_THUMB1 || !arm_arch6)
      return false;
#endif
    tree return_type = gimple_call_return_type(stmt);
    const Type *ResultTy = ConvertType(return_type);
    Value* C[2] = {
      EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0)),
      EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 1))
    };
    const Type* Ty[2];
    Ty[0] = ResultTy;
    Ty[1] = ResultTy->getPointerTo();
    C[0] = Builder.CreateBitCast(C[0], Ty[1]);
    C[1] = Builder.CreateIntCast(C[1], Ty[0],
                                 /*isSigned*/!TYPE_UNSIGNED(return_type),
                                 "cast");

    // The gcc builtins are also full memory barriers.
    // FIXME: __sync_lock_test_and_set and __sync_lock_release require less.
#if defined(TARGET_ARM) && defined(CONFIG_DARWIN_H)
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, false);
#else
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, true);
#endif

    Result =
      Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                                   Intrinsic::atomic_load_nand,
                                                   Ty, 2),
                         C, C + 2);

    // The gcc builtins are also full memory barriers.
    // FIXME: __sync_lock_test_and_set and __sync_lock_release require less.
#if defined(TARGET_ARM) && defined(CONFIG_DARWIN_H)
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, false);
#else
    EmitMemoryBarrier(true, true, true, true, true);
#endif

    Result = Builder.CreateAnd(Builder.CreateNot(Result), C[1]);
    Result = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Result, ResultTy);
    return true;
  }

  case BUILT_IN_LOCK_RELEASE_1:
  case BUILT_IN_LOCK_RELEASE_2:
  case BUILT_IN_LOCK_RELEASE_4:
  case BUILT_IN_LOCK_RELEASE_8:
  case BUILT_IN_LOCK_RELEASE_16: {
    // This is effectively a volatile store of 0, and has no return value.
    // The argument has typically been coerced to "volatile void*"; the
    // only way to find the size of the operation is from the builtin
    // opcode.
    const Type *Ty;
    switch(DECL_FUNCTION_CODE(fndecl)) {
      case BUILT_IN_LOCK_RELEASE_16:    // not handled; should use SSE on x86
      default:
        abort();
      case BUILT_IN_LOCK_RELEASE_1:
        Ty = Type::getInt8Ty(Context); break;
      case BUILT_IN_LOCK_RELEASE_2:
        Ty = Type::getInt16Ty(Context); break;
      case BUILT_IN_LOCK_RELEASE_4:
        Ty = Type::getInt32Ty(Context); break;
      case BUILT_IN_LOCK_RELEASE_8:
        Ty = Type::getInt64Ty(Context); break;
    }
    Value *Ptr = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
    Ptr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Ptr, Ty->getPointerTo());
    Builder.CreateStore(Constant::getNullValue(Ty), Ptr, true);
    Result = 0;
    return true;
  }

#endif //FIXME: these break the build for backends that haven't implemented them


#if 1  // FIXME: Should handle these GCC extensions eventually.
  case BUILT_IN_LONGJMP: {
    if (validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, POINTER_TYPE, INTEGER_TYPE, VOID_TYPE)) {
      tree value = gimple_call_arg(stmt, 1);

      if (TREE_CODE(value) != INTEGER_CST ||
          cast<ConstantInt>(EmitMemory(value))->getValue() != 1) {
        error ("%<__builtin_longjmp%> second argument must be 1");
        return false;
      }
    }
  }
  case BUILT_IN_APPLY_ARGS:
  case BUILT_IN_APPLY:
  case BUILT_IN_RETURN:
  case BUILT_IN_SAVEREGS:
  case BUILT_IN_ARGS_INFO:
  case BUILT_IN_NEXT_ARG:
  case BUILT_IN_CLASSIFY_TYPE:
  case BUILT_IN_AGGREGATE_INCOMING_ADDRESS:
  case BUILT_IN_SETJMP_SETUP:
  case BUILT_IN_SETJMP_DISPATCHER:
  case BUILT_IN_SETJMP_RECEIVER:
  case BUILT_IN_UPDATE_SETJMP_BUF:

    // FIXME: HACK: Just ignore these.
    {
      const Type *Ty = ConvertType(gimple_call_return_type(stmt));
      if (!Ty->isVoidTy())
        Result = Constant::getNullValue(Ty);
      return true;
    }
#endif  // FIXME: Should handle these GCC extensions eventually.
  }
  return false;
}

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinUnaryOp(Value *InVal, Value *&Result,
                                    Intrinsic::ID Id) {
  // The intrinsic might be overloaded in which case the argument is of
  // varying type. Make sure that we specify the actual type for "iAny"
  // by passing it as the 3rd and 4th parameters. This isn't needed for
  // most intrinsics, but is needed for ctpop, cttz, ctlz.
  const Type *Ty = InVal->getType();
  Result = Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule, Id, &Ty, 1),
                              InVal);
  return true;
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinSQRT(gimple stmt) {
  Value *Amt = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
  const Type* Ty = Amt->getType();

  return Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                                      Intrinsic::sqrt, &Ty, 1),
                            Amt);
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinPOWI(gimple stmt) {
  if (!validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, REAL_TYPE, INTEGER_TYPE, VOID_TYPE))
    return 0;

  Value *Val = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
  Value *Pow = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 1));
  const Type *Ty = Val->getType();
  Pow = Builder.CreateIntCast(Pow, Type::getInt32Ty(Context), /*isSigned*/true);

  SmallVector<Value *,2> Args;
  Args.push_back(Val);
  Args.push_back(Pow);
  return Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                                      Intrinsic::powi, &Ty, 1),
                            Args.begin(), Args.end());
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinPOW(gimple stmt) {
  if (!validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, REAL_TYPE, REAL_TYPE, VOID_TYPE))
    return 0;

  Value *Val = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
  Value *Pow = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 1));
  const Type *Ty = Val->getType();

  SmallVector<Value *,2> Args;
  Args.push_back(Val);
  Args.push_back(Pow);
  return Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                                      Intrinsic::pow, &Ty, 1),
                            Args.begin(), Args.end());
}

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinConstantP(gimple stmt, Value *&Result) {
  Result = Constant::getNullValue(ConvertType(gimple_call_return_type(stmt)));
  return true;
}

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinExtendPointer(gimple stmt, Value *&Result) {
  tree arg0 = gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0);
  Value *Amt = EmitMemory(arg0);
  bool AmtIsSigned = !TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(arg0));
  bool ExpIsSigned = !TYPE_UNSIGNED(gimple_call_return_type(stmt));
  Result = CastToAnyType(Amt, AmtIsSigned,
                         ConvertType(gimple_call_return_type(stmt)),
                         ExpIsSigned);
  return true;
}

/// OptimizeIntoPlainBuiltIn - Return true if it's safe to lower the object
/// size checking builtin calls (e.g. __builtin___memcpy_chk into the
/// plain non-checking calls. If the size of the argument is either -1 (unknown)
/// or large enough to ensure no overflow (> len), then it's safe to do so.
static bool OptimizeIntoPlainBuiltIn(gimple stmt, Value *Len, Value *Size) {
  if (BitCastInst *SizeBC = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Size))
    Size = SizeBC->getOperand(0);
  ConstantInt *SizeCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Size);
  if (!SizeCI)
    return false;
  if (SizeCI->isAllOnesValue())
    // If size is -1, convert to plain memcpy, etc.
    return true;

  if (BitCastInst *LenBC = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Len))
    Len = LenBC->getOperand(0);
  ConstantInt *LenCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Len);
  if (!LenCI)
    return false;
  if (SizeCI->getValue().ult(LenCI->getValue())) {
    warning_at (gimple_location(stmt), 0,
                "call to %D will always overflow destination buffer",
                gimple_call_fndecl(stmt));
    return false;
  }
  return true;
}

/// EmitBuiltinMemCopy - Emit an llvm.memcpy or llvm.memmove intrinsic,
/// depending on the value of isMemMove.
bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinMemCopy(gimple stmt, Value *&Result, bool isMemMove,
                                    bool SizeCheck) {
  if (SizeCheck) {
    if (!validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, POINTER_TYPE, POINTER_TYPE,
                          INTEGER_TYPE, INTEGER_TYPE, VOID_TYPE))
      return false;
  } else {
    if (!validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, POINTER_TYPE, POINTER_TYPE,
                          INTEGER_TYPE, VOID_TYPE))
      return false;
  }

  tree Dst = gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0);
  tree Src = gimple_call_arg(stmt, 1);
  unsigned SrcAlign = getPointerAlignment(Src);
  unsigned DstAlign = getPointerAlignment(Dst);

  Value *DstV = EmitMemory(Dst);
  Value *SrcV = EmitMemory(Src);
  Value *Len = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 2));
  if (SizeCheck) {
    tree SizeArg = gimple_call_arg(stmt, 3);
    Value *Size = EmitMemory(SizeArg);
    if (!OptimizeIntoPlainBuiltIn(stmt, Len, Size))
      return false;
  }

  Result = isMemMove ?
    EmitMemMove(DstV, SrcV, Len, std::min(SrcAlign, DstAlign)) :
    EmitMemCpy(DstV, SrcV, Len, std::min(SrcAlign, DstAlign));
  return true;
}

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinMemSet(gimple stmt, Value *&Result, bool SizeCheck){
  if (SizeCheck) {
    if (!validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, POINTER_TYPE, INTEGER_TYPE,
                          INTEGER_TYPE, INTEGER_TYPE, VOID_TYPE))
      return false;
  } else {
    if (!validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, POINTER_TYPE, INTEGER_TYPE,
                          INTEGER_TYPE, VOID_TYPE))
      return false;
  }

  tree Dst = gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0);
  unsigned DstAlign = getPointerAlignment(Dst);

  Value *DstV = EmitMemory(Dst);
  Value *Val = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 1));
  Value *Len = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 2));
  if (SizeCheck) {
    tree SizeArg = gimple_call_arg(stmt, 3);
    Value *Size = EmitMemory(SizeArg);
    if (!OptimizeIntoPlainBuiltIn(stmt, Len, Size))
      return false;
  }
  Result = EmitMemSet(DstV, Val, Len, DstAlign);
  return true;
}

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinBZero(gimple stmt,
                                  Value *&Result ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {
  if (!validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, POINTER_TYPE, INTEGER_TYPE, VOID_TYPE))
    return false;

  tree Dst = gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0);
  unsigned DstAlign = getPointerAlignment(Dst);

  Value *DstV = EmitMemory(Dst);
  Value *Val = Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(Context));
  Value *Len = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 1));
  EmitMemSet(DstV, Val, Len, DstAlign);
  return true;
}

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinPrefetch(gimple stmt) {
  if (!validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, POINTER_TYPE, 0))
    return false;

  Value *Ptr = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
  Value *ReadWrite = 0;
  Value *Locality = 0;

  if (gimple_call_num_args(stmt) > 1) { // Args 1/2 are optional
    ReadWrite = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 1));
    if (!isa<ConstantInt>(ReadWrite)) {
      error("second argument to %<__builtin_prefetch%> must be a constant");
      ReadWrite = 0;
    } else if (cast<ConstantInt>(ReadWrite)->getZExtValue() > 1) {
      warning (0, "invalid second argument to %<__builtin_prefetch%>;"
               " using zero");
      ReadWrite = 0;
    } else {
      ReadWrite = Builder.getFolder().CreateIntCast(cast<Constant>(ReadWrite),
                                                    Type::getInt32Ty(Context),
                                                    /*isSigned*/false);
    }

    if (gimple_call_num_args(stmt) > 2) {
      Locality = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 2));
      if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Locality)) {
        error("third argument to %<__builtin_prefetch%> must be a constant");
        Locality = 0;
      } else if (cast<ConstantInt>(Locality)->getZExtValue() > 3) {
        warning(0, "invalid third argument to %<__builtin_prefetch%>; using 3");
        Locality = 0;
      } else {
        Locality = Builder.getFolder().CreateIntCast(cast<Constant>(Locality),
                                                     Type::getInt32Ty(Context),
                                                     /*isSigned*/false);
      }
    }
  }

  // Default to highly local read.
  if (ReadWrite == 0)
    ReadWrite = Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(Context));
  if (Locality == 0)
    Locality = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Context), 3);

  Ptr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Ptr, Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context));

  Value *Ops[3] = { Ptr, ReadWrite, Locality };
  Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule, Intrinsic::prefetch),
                     Ops, Ops+3);
  return true;
}

/// EmitBuiltinReturnAddr - Emit an llvm.returnaddress or llvm.frameaddress
/// instruction, depending on whether isFrame is true or not.
bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinReturnAddr(gimple stmt, Value *&Result,
                                       bool isFrame) {
  if (!validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, INTEGER_TYPE, VOID_TYPE))
    return false;

  ConstantInt *Level =
    dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0)));
  if (!Level) {
    if (isFrame)
      error("invalid argument to %<__builtin_frame_address%>");
    else
      error("invalid argument to %<__builtin_return_address%>");
    return false;
  }

  Intrinsic::ID IID =
    !isFrame ? Intrinsic::returnaddress : Intrinsic::frameaddress;
  Result = Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule, IID), Level);
  Result = Builder.CreateBitCast(Result,
                                 ConvertType(gimple_call_return_type(stmt)));
  return true;
}

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinExtractReturnAddr(gimple stmt, Value *&Result) {
  Value *Ptr = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));

  // FIXME: Actually we should do something like this:
  //
  // Result = (Ptr & MASK_RETURN_ADDR) + RETURN_ADDR_OFFSET, if mask and
  // offset are defined. This seems to be needed for: ARM, MIPS, Sparc.
  // Unfortunately, these constants are defined as RTL expressions and
  // should be handled separately.

  Result = Builder.CreateBitCast(Ptr, Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context));

  return true;
}

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinFrobReturnAddr(gimple stmt, Value *&Result) {
  Value *Ptr = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));

  // FIXME: Actually we should do something like this:
  //
  // Result = Ptr - RETURN_ADDR_OFFSET, if offset is defined. This seems to be
  // needed for: MIPS, Sparc.  Unfortunately, these constants are defined
  // as RTL expressions and should be handled separately.

  Result = Builder.CreateBitCast(Ptr, Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context));

  return true;
}

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinStackSave(gimple stmt, Value *&Result) {
  if (!validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, VOID_TYPE))
    return false;

  Result = Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                                        Intrinsic::stacksave));
  return true;
}


// Builtins used by the exception handling runtime.

// On most machines, the CFA coincides with the first incoming parm.
#ifndef ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
#define ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET(FNDECL) FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (FNDECL)
#endif

// The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number.  By
// default, we just provide columns for all registers.
#ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
#define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
#endif

// Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
// collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
// .debug_frame and .eh_frame.
#ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
#define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
#endif

/* Registers that get partially clobbered by a call in a given mode.
   These must not be call used registers.  */
#ifndef HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED
#define HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED(REGNO, MODE) 0
#endif

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinDwarfCFA(gimple stmt, Value *&Result) {
  if (!validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, VOID_TYPE))
    return false;

  int cfa_offset = ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET(exp);

  // FIXME: is i32 always enough here?
  Result = Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                                        Intrinsic::eh_dwarf_cfa),
                              ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Context), cfa_offset));

  return true;
}

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinDwarfSPColumn(gimple stmt, Value *&Result) {
  if (!validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, VOID_TYPE))
    return false;

  unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
  Result = ConstantInt::get(ConvertType(gimple_call_return_type(stmt)),
                            dwarf_regnum);

  return true;
}

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinEHReturnDataRegno(gimple stmt, Value *&Result) {
#ifdef EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO
  if (!validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, INTEGER_TYPE, VOID_TYPE))
    return false;

  tree which = gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0);
  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT iwhich;

  if (TREE_CODE (which) != INTEGER_CST) {
    error ("argument of %<__builtin_eh_return_regno%> must be constant");
    return false;
  }

  iwhich = tree_low_cst (which, 1);
  iwhich = EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (iwhich);
  if (iwhich == INVALID_REGNUM)
    return false;

  iwhich = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (iwhich);

  Result = ConstantInt::get(ConvertType(gimple_call_return_type(stmt)), iwhich);
#endif

  return true;
}

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinEHReturn(gimple stmt,
                                     Value *&Result ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {
  if (!validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, INTEGER_TYPE, POINTER_TYPE, VOID_TYPE))
    return false;

  const Type *IntPtr = TD.getIntPtrType(Context);
  Value *Offset = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
  Value *Handler = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 1));

  Intrinsic::ID IID = IntPtr->isIntegerTy(32) ?
    Intrinsic::eh_return_i32 : Intrinsic::eh_return_i64;

  Offset = Builder.CreateIntCast(Offset, IntPtr, /*isSigned*/true);
  Handler = Builder.CreateBitCast(Handler, Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context));

  Value *Args[2] = { Offset, Handler };
  Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule, IID), Args, Args + 2);
  Builder.CreateUnreachable();
  BeginBlock(BasicBlock::Create(Context));

  return true;
}

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinInitDwarfRegSizes(gimple stmt,
                                              Value *&Result ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {
#ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
  unsigned int i;
  bool wrote_return_column = false;
  static bool reg_modes_initialized = false;

  if (!validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, POINTER_TYPE, VOID_TYPE))
    return false;

  if (!reg_modes_initialized) {
    init_reg_modes_target();
    reg_modes_initialized = true;
  }

  Value *Addr =
    Builder.CreateBitCast(EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0)),
                          Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context));
  Constant *Size, *Idx;

  for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++) {
    int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);

    if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS) {
      enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
      HOST_WIDE_INT size;

      if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
        save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
      if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN) {
        if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
          continue;
        wrote_return_column = true;
      }
      size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
      if (rnum < 0)
        continue;

      Size = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt8Ty(Context), size);
      Idx  = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Context), rnum);
      Builder.CreateStore(Size, Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Idx), false);
    }
  }

  if (!wrote_return_column) {
    Size = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt8Ty(Context),
                            GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode));
    Idx  = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Context),
                            DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
    Builder.CreateStore(Size, Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Idx), false);
  }

#ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
  Size = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt8Ty(Context),
                          GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode));
  Idx  = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Context),
                          DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
  Builder.CreateStore(Size, Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Idx), false);
#endif

#endif /* DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO */

  // TODO: the RS6000 target needs extra initialization [gcc changeset 122468].

  return true;
}

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinUnwindInit(gimple stmt,
                                       Value *&Result ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {
  if (!validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, VOID_TYPE))
    return false;

  Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                               Intrinsic::eh_unwind_init));

  return true;
}

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinStackRestore(gimple stmt) {
  if (!validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, POINTER_TYPE, VOID_TYPE))
    return false;

  Value *Ptr = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
  Ptr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Ptr, Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context));

  Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                               Intrinsic::stackrestore), Ptr);
  return true;
}


bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinAlloca(gimple stmt, Value *&Result) {
  if (!validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, INTEGER_TYPE, VOID_TYPE))
    return false;
  Value *Amt = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
  Amt = Builder.CreateIntCast(Amt, Type::getInt32Ty(Context), /*isSigned*/true);
  Result = Builder.CreateAlloca(Type::getInt8Ty(Context), Amt);
  return true;
}

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinExpect(gimple stmt, Value *&Result) {
  // Ignore the hint for now, just expand the expr.  This is safe, but not
  // optimal.
  Result = gimple_call_num_args(stmt) < 2 ?
    Constant::getNullValue(ConvertType(gimple_call_return_type(stmt))) :
    EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
  return true;
}

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinVAStart(gimple stmt) {
  if (gimple_call_num_args(stmt) < 2) {
    error_at (gimple_location(stmt),
              "too few arguments to function %<va_start%>");
    return true;
  }

  tree fntype = TREE_TYPE(current_function_decl);
  if (TYPE_ARG_TYPES(fntype) == 0 ||
      (tree_last(TYPE_ARG_TYPES(fntype)) == void_type_node)) {
    error("%<va_start%> used in function with fixed args");
    return true;
  }

  Constant *va_start = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule, Intrinsic::vastart);
  Value *ArgVal = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
  ArgVal = Builder.CreateBitCast(ArgVal, Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context));
  Builder.CreateCall(va_start, ArgVal);
  return true;
}

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinVAEnd(gimple stmt) {
  Value *Arg = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
  Arg = Builder.CreateBitCast(Arg, Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context));
  Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule, Intrinsic::vaend),
                     Arg);
  return true;
}

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinVACopy(gimple stmt) {
  tree Arg1T = gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0);
  tree Arg2T = gimple_call_arg(stmt, 1);

  Value *Arg1 = EmitMemory(Arg1T);   // Emit the address of the destination.
  // The second arg of llvm.va_copy is a pointer to a valist.
  Value *Arg2;
  if (!AGGREGATE_TYPE_P(va_list_type_node)) {
    // Emit it as a value, then store it to a temporary slot.
    Value *V2 = EmitMemory(Arg2T);
    Arg2 = CreateTemporary(V2->getType());
    Builder.CreateStore(V2, Arg2);
  } else {
    // If the target has aggregate valists, then the second argument
    // from GCC is the address of the source valist and we don't
    // need to do anything special.
    Arg2 = EmitMemory(Arg2T);
  }

  static const Type *VPTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context);

  // FIXME: This ignores alignment and volatility of the arguments.
  SmallVector<Value *, 2> Args;
  Args.push_back(Builder.CreateBitCast(Arg1, VPTy));
  Args.push_back(Builder.CreateBitCast(Arg2, VPTy));

  Builder.CreateCall(Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule, Intrinsic::vacopy),
                     Args.begin(), Args.end());
  return true;
}

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinAdjustTrampoline(gimple stmt, Value *&Result) {
  if (!validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, POINTER_TYPE, VOID_TYPE))
    return false;

  const Type *ResultTy = ConvertType(gimple_call_return_type(stmt));

  // The adjusted value is stored as a pointer at the start of the storage GCC
  // allocated for the trampoline - load it out and return it.
  assert(TD.getPointerSize() <= TRAMPOLINE_SIZE &&
         "Trampoline smaller than a pointer!");
  Value *Tramp = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
  Tramp = Builder.CreateBitCast(Tramp, ResultTy->getPointerTo());
  Result = Builder.CreateLoad(Tramp, "adjusted");

  // The load has the alignment of the trampoline storage.
  unsigned Align = TYPE_ALIGN(TREE_TYPE(TREE_TYPE(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0))))/8;
  cast<LoadInst>(Result)->setAlignment(Align);

  return true;
}

bool TreeToLLVM::EmitBuiltinInitTrampoline(gimple stmt,
                                           Value *&Result ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {
  if (!validate_gimple_arglist(stmt, POINTER_TYPE, POINTER_TYPE, POINTER_TYPE,
                         VOID_TYPE))
    return false;

  // LLVM's trampoline intrinsic, llvm.init.trampoline, combines the effect of
  // GCC's init_trampoline and adjust_trampoline.  Calls to adjust_trampoline
  // should return the result of the llvm.init.trampoline call.  This is tricky
  // because the adjust_trampoline and init_trampoline calls need not occur in
  // the same function.  To overcome this, we don't store the trampoline machine
  // code in the storage GCC created for it, we store the result of the call to
  // llvm.init.trampoline there instead.  Since this storage is the argument to
  // adjust_trampoline, we turn adjust_trampoline into a load from its argument.
  // The trampoline machine code itself is stored in a stack temporary that we
  // create (one for each init_trampoline) in the function where init_trampoline
  // is called.
  static const Type *VPTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context);

  // Create a stack temporary to hold the trampoline machine code.
  const Type *TrampType = ArrayType::get(Type::getInt8Ty(Context),
                                         TRAMPOLINE_SIZE);
  AllocaInst *TrampTmp = CreateTemporary(TrampType);
  TrampTmp->setAlignment(TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT);
  TrampTmp->setName("TRAMP");

  Value *Func = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 1));
  Value *Chain = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 2));

  Value *Ops[3] = {
    Builder.CreateBitCast(TrampTmp, VPTy),
    Builder.CreateBitCast(Func, VPTy),
    Builder.CreateBitCast(Chain, VPTy)
  };

  Function *Intr = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                             Intrinsic::init_trampoline);
  Value *Adjusted = Builder.CreateCall(Intr, Ops, Ops + 3, "adjusted");

  // Store the llvm.init.trampoline result to the GCC trampoline storage.
  assert(TD.getPointerSize() <= TRAMPOLINE_SIZE &&
         "Trampoline smaller than a pointer!");
  Value *Tramp = EmitMemory(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0));
  Tramp = Builder.CreateBitCast(Tramp, Adjusted->getType()->getPointerTo());
  StoreInst *Store = Builder.CreateStore(Adjusted, Tramp);

  // The store has the alignment of the trampoline storage.
  unsigned Align = TYPE_ALIGN(TREE_TYPE(TREE_TYPE(gimple_call_arg(stmt, 0))))/8;
  Store->setAlignment(Align);

  // The GCC trampoline storage is constant from this point on.   Tell this to
  // the optimizers.
  Intr = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule, Intrinsic::invariant_start);
  Ops[0] = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt64Ty(Context), TRAMPOLINE_SIZE);
  Ops[1] = Builder.CreateBitCast(Tramp, VPTy);
  Builder.CreateCall(Intr, Ops, Ops + 2);

  return true;
}

//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//                      ... Complex Math Expressions ...
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

Value *TreeToLLVM::CreateComplex(Value *Real, Value *Imag, tree elt_type) {
  assert(Real->getType() == Imag->getType() && "Component type mismatch!");
  Real = Reg2Mem(Real, elt_type, Builder);
  Imag = Reg2Mem(Imag, elt_type, Builder);
  const Type *EltTy = Real->getType();
  Value *Result = UndefValue::get(StructType::get(Context, EltTy, EltTy, NULL));
  Result = Builder.CreateInsertValue(Result, Real, 0);
  Result = Builder.CreateInsertValue(Result, Imag, 1);
  return Result;
}

void TreeToLLVM::SplitComplex(Value *Complex, Value *&Real, Value *&Imag,
                              tree elt_type) {
  Real = Mem2Reg(Builder.CreateExtractValue(Complex, 0), elt_type, Builder);
  Imag = Mem2Reg(Builder.CreateExtractValue(Complex, 1), elt_type, Builder);
}


//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//                         ... L-Value Expressions ...
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitFieldAnnotation(Value *FieldPtr, tree FieldDecl) {
  tree AnnotateAttr = lookup_attribute("annotate", DECL_ATTRIBUTES(FieldDecl));

  const Type *SBP = Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context);

  Function *Fn = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(TheModule,
                                           Intrinsic::ptr_annotation,
                                           &SBP, 1);

  // Get file and line number.  FIXME: Should this be for the decl or the
  // use.  Is there a location info for the use?
  Constant *LineNo = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Context),
                                      DECL_SOURCE_LINE(FieldDecl));
  Constant *File = ConvertMetadataStringToGV(DECL_SOURCE_FILE(FieldDecl));

  File = TheFolder->CreateBitCast(File, SBP);

  // There may be multiple annotate attributes. Pass return of lookup_attr
  //  to successive lookups.
  while (AnnotateAttr) {
    // Each annotate attribute is a tree list.
    // Get value of list which is our linked list of args.
    tree args = TREE_VALUE(AnnotateAttr);

    // Each annotate attribute may have multiple args.
    // Treat each arg as if it were a separate annotate attribute.
    for (tree a = args; a; a = TREE_CHAIN(a)) {
      // Each element of the arg list is a tree list, so get value
      tree val = TREE_VALUE(a);

      // Assert its a string, and then get that string.
      assert(TREE_CODE(val) == STRING_CST &&
             "Annotate attribute arg should always be a string");

      Constant *strGV = TreeConstantToLLVM::EmitLV_STRING_CST(val);

      // We can not use the IRBuilder because it will constant fold away
      // the GEP that is critical to distinguish between an annotate
      // attribute on a whole struct from one on the first element of the
      // struct.
      BitCastInst *CastFieldPtr = new BitCastInst(FieldPtr,  SBP,
                                                  FieldPtr->getName());
      Builder.Insert(CastFieldPtr);

      Value *Ops[4] = {
        CastFieldPtr, Builder.CreateBitCast(strGV, SBP),
        File,  LineNo
      };

      const Type* FieldPtrType = FieldPtr->getType();
      FieldPtr = Builder.CreateCall(Fn, Ops, Ops+4);
      FieldPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(FieldPtr, FieldPtrType);
    }

    // Get next annotate attribute.
    AnnotateAttr = TREE_CHAIN(AnnotateAttr);
    if (AnnotateAttr)
      AnnotateAttr = lookup_attribute("annotate", AnnotateAttr);
  }
  return FieldPtr;
}

LValue TreeToLLVM::EmitLV_ARRAY_REF(tree exp) {
  // The result type is an ElementTy* in the case of an ARRAY_REF, an array
  // of ElementTy in the case of ARRAY_RANGE_REF.

  tree Array = TREE_OPERAND(exp, 0);
  tree ArrayTreeType = TREE_TYPE(Array);
  tree Index = TREE_OPERAND(exp, 1);
  tree IndexType = TREE_TYPE(Index);
  tree ElementType = TREE_TYPE(ArrayTreeType);

  assert(TREE_CODE (ArrayTreeType) == ARRAY_TYPE && "Unknown ARRAY_REF!");

  Value *ArrayAddr;
  unsigned ArrayAlign;

  // First subtract the lower bound, if any, in the type of the index.
  Value *IndexVal = EmitRegister(Index);
  tree LowerBound = array_ref_low_bound(exp);
  if (!integer_zerop(LowerBound))
    IndexVal = TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(Index)) ?
      Builder.CreateSub(IndexVal, EmitRegister(LowerBound)) :
      Builder.CreateNSWSub(IndexVal, EmitRegister(LowerBound));

  LValue ArrayAddrLV = EmitLV(Array);
  assert(!ArrayAddrLV.isBitfield() && "Arrays cannot be bitfields!");
  ArrayAddr = ArrayAddrLV.Ptr;
  ArrayAlign = ArrayAddrLV.getAlignment();

  const Type *IntPtrTy = getTargetData().getIntPtrType(Context);
  IndexVal = Builder.CreateIntCast(IndexVal, IntPtrTy,
                                   /*isSigned*/!TYPE_UNSIGNED(IndexType));

  // If we are indexing over a fixed-size type, just use a GEP.
  if (isSequentialCompatible(ArrayTreeType)) {
    // Avoid any assumptions about how the array type is represented in LLVM by
    // doing the GEP on a pointer to the first array element.
    const Type *EltTy = ConvertType(ElementType);
    ArrayAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(ArrayAddr, EltTy->getPointerTo());
    Value *Ptr = POINTER_TYPE_OVERFLOW_UNDEFINED ?
      Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(ArrayAddr, IndexVal) :
      Builder.CreateGEP(ArrayAddr, IndexVal);
    unsigned Alignment = MinAlign(ArrayAlign, TD.getABITypeAlignment(EltTy));
    return LValue(Builder.CreateBitCast(Ptr,
                  PointerType::getUnqual(ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp)))),
                  Alignment);
  }

  // Otherwise, just do raw, low-level pointer arithmetic.  FIXME: this could be
  // much nicer in cases like:
  //   float foo(int w, float A[][w], int g) { return A[g][0]; }

  if (VOID_TYPE_P(TREE_TYPE(ArrayTreeType))) {
    ArrayAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(ArrayAddr, Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context));
    ArrayAddr = POINTER_TYPE_OVERFLOW_UNDEFINED ?
      Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(ArrayAddr, IndexVal) :
      Builder.CreateGEP(ArrayAddr, IndexVal);
    return LValue(ArrayAddr, 1);
  }

  // FIXME: Might also get here if the element type has constant size, but is
  // humongous.  Add support for this case.
  assert(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 3) && "Size missing for variable sized element!");
  // ScaleFactor is the size of the element type in units divided by (exactly)
  // TYPE_ALIGN_UNIT(ElementType).
  Value *ScaleFactor = Builder.CreateIntCast(EmitRegister(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 3)),
                                             IntPtrTy, /*isSigned*/false);
  assert(isPowerOf2_32(TYPE_ALIGN(ElementType)) &&
         "Alignment not a power of two!");
  assert(TYPE_ALIGN(ElementType) >= 8 && "Unit size not a multiple of 8 bits!");
  // ScaleType is chosen to correct for the division in ScaleFactor.
  const Type *ScaleType = IntegerType::get(Context, TYPE_ALIGN(ElementType));
  ArrayAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(ArrayAddr, ScaleType->getPointerTo());

  IndexVal = Builder.CreateMul(IndexVal, ScaleFactor);
  unsigned Alignment = MinAlign(ArrayAlign, TYPE_ALIGN(ElementType) / 8);
  Value *Ptr = POINTER_TYPE_OVERFLOW_UNDEFINED ?
    Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(ArrayAddr, IndexVal) :
    Builder.CreateGEP(ArrayAddr, IndexVal);
  return LValue(Builder.CreateBitCast(Ptr,
                PointerType::getUnqual(ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp)))),
                Alignment);
}

LValue TreeToLLVM::EmitLV_BIT_FIELD_REF(tree exp) {
  LValue Ptr = EmitLV(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 0));
  assert(!Ptr.isBitfield() && "BIT_FIELD_REF operands cannot be bitfields!");

  unsigned BitStart = (unsigned)TREE_INT_CST_LOW(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 2));
  unsigned BitSize = (unsigned)TREE_INT_CST_LOW(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 1));
  const Type *ValTy = ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp));

  unsigned ValueSizeInBits = TD.getTypeSizeInBits(ValTy);
  assert(BitSize <= ValueSizeInBits &&
         "ValTy isn't large enough to hold the value loaded!");

  assert(ValueSizeInBits == TD.getTypeAllocSizeInBits(ValTy) &&
         "FIXME: BIT_FIELD_REF logic is broken for non-round types");

  // BIT_FIELD_REF values can have BitStart values that are quite large.  We
  // know that the thing we are loading is ValueSizeInBits large.  If BitStart
  // is larger than ValueSizeInBits, bump the pointer over to where it should
  // be.
  if (unsigned UnitOffset = BitStart / ValueSizeInBits) {
    // TODO: If Ptr.Ptr is a struct type or something, we can do much better
    // than this.  e.g. check out when compiling unwind-dw2-fde-darwin.c.
    Ptr.Ptr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Ptr.Ptr, ValTy->getPointerTo());
    Ptr.Ptr = Builder.CreateGEP(Ptr.Ptr,
                                ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Context),
                                                 UnitOffset));
    BitStart -= UnitOffset*ValueSizeInBits;
  }

  // If this is referring to the whole field, return the whole thing.
  if (BitStart == 0 && BitSize == ValueSizeInBits) {
    return LValue(Builder.CreateBitCast(Ptr.Ptr, ValTy->getPointerTo()),
                  Ptr.getAlignment());
  }

  return LValue(Builder.CreateBitCast(Ptr.Ptr, ValTy->getPointerTo()),
                1, BitStart, BitSize);
}

LValue TreeToLLVM::EmitLV_COMPONENT_REF(tree exp) {
  LValue StructAddrLV = EmitLV(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 0));
  tree FieldDecl = TREE_OPERAND(exp, 1);
  unsigned LVAlign = StructAddrLV.getAlignment();

  assert((TREE_CODE(DECL_CONTEXT(FieldDecl)) == RECORD_TYPE ||
          TREE_CODE(DECL_CONTEXT(FieldDecl)) == UNION_TYPE  ||
          TREE_CODE(DECL_CONTEXT(FieldDecl)) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE));

  const Type *StructTy = ConvertType(DECL_CONTEXT(FieldDecl));

  assert((!StructAddrLV.isBitfield() ||
          StructAddrLV.BitStart == 0) && "structs cannot be bitfields!");

  StructAddrLV.Ptr = Builder.CreateBitCast(StructAddrLV.Ptr,
                                           StructTy->getPointerTo());
  const Type *FieldTy = ConvertType(getDeclaredType(FieldDecl));

  // BitStart - This is the actual offset of the field from the start of the
  // struct, in bits.  For bitfields this may be on a non-byte boundary.
  unsigned BitStart;
  Value *FieldPtr;

  // If the GCC field directly corresponds to an LLVM field, handle it.
  unsigned MemberIndex = GetFieldIndex(FieldDecl, StructTy);
  if (MemberIndex < INT_MAX) {
    assert(!TREE_OPERAND(exp, 2) && "Constant not gimple min invariant?");
    // Get a pointer to the byte in which the GCC field starts.
    FieldPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(StructAddrLV.Ptr, MemberIndex);
    // Within that byte, the bit at which the GCC field starts.
    BitStart = TREE_INT_CST_LOW(DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 1)));
    BitStart &= 7;
  } else {
    // Offset will hold the field offset in octets.
    Value *Offset;

    assert(!(BITS_PER_UNIT & 7) && "Unit size not a multiple of 8 bits!");
    if (TREE_OPERAND(exp, 2)) {
      Offset = EmitRegister(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 2));
      // At this point the offset is measured in units divided by (exactly)
      // (DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN / BITS_PER_UNIT).  Convert to octets.
      unsigned factor = DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN(FieldDecl) / 8;
      if (factor != 1)
        Offset = Builder.CreateMul(Offset,
                                   ConstantInt::get(Offset->getType(), factor));
    } else {
      assert(DECL_FIELD_OFFSET(FieldDecl) && "Field offset not available!");
      Offset = EmitRegister(DECL_FIELD_OFFSET(FieldDecl));
      // At this point the offset is measured in units.  Convert to octets.
      unsigned factor = BITS_PER_UNIT / 8;
      if (factor != 1)
        Offset = Builder.CreateMul(Offset,
                                   ConstantInt::get(Offset->getType(), factor));
    }

    // Here BitStart gives the offset of the field in bits from Offset.
    BitStart = getInt64(DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET(FieldDecl), true);

    // Incorporate as much of it as possible into the pointer computation.
    unsigned ByteOffset = BitStart / 8;
    if (ByteOffset > 0) {
      Offset = Builder.CreateAdd(Offset,
        ConstantInt::get(Offset->getType(), ByteOffset));
      BitStart -= ByteOffset*8;
    }

    const Type *BytePtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context);
    FieldPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(StructAddrLV.Ptr, BytePtrTy);
    FieldPtr = Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(FieldPtr, Offset);
    FieldPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(FieldPtr, FieldTy->getPointerTo());
  }

  assert(BitStart < 8 && "Bit offset not properly incorporated in the pointer");

  // The alignment is given by DECL_ALIGN.  Be conservative and don't assume
  // that the field is properly aligned even if the type is not.
  LVAlign = MinAlign(LVAlign, DECL_ALIGN(FieldDecl) / 8);

  // If the FIELD_DECL has an annotate attribute on it, emit it.
  if (lookup_attribute("annotate", DECL_ATTRIBUTES(FieldDecl)))
    FieldPtr = EmitFieldAnnotation(FieldPtr, FieldDecl);

  if (!isBitfield(FieldDecl)) {
    assert(BitStart == 0 && "Not a bitfield but not at a byte offset!");
    // Make sure we return a pointer to the right type.
    const Type *EltTy = ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp));
    FieldPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(FieldPtr, EltTy->getPointerTo());
    return LValue(FieldPtr, LVAlign);
  }

  // If this is a bitfield, the declared type must be an integral type.
  assert(FieldTy->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid bitfield");

  assert(DECL_SIZE(FieldDecl) &&
         TREE_CODE(DECL_SIZE(FieldDecl)) == INTEGER_CST &&
         "Variable sized bitfield?");
  unsigned BitfieldSize = TREE_INT_CST_LOW(DECL_SIZE(FieldDecl));

  const Type *LLVMFieldTy =
    cast<PointerType>(FieldPtr->getType())->getElementType();

  // If the LLVM notion of the field type contains the entire bitfield being
  // accessed, use the LLVM type.  This avoids pointer casts and other bad
  // things that are difficult to clean up later.  This occurs in cases like
  // "struct X{ unsigned long long x:50; unsigned y:2; }" when accessing y.
  // We want to access the field as a ulong, not as a uint with an offset.
  if (LLVMFieldTy->isIntegerTy() &&
      LLVMFieldTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() >= BitStart + BitfieldSize &&
      LLVMFieldTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() ==
      TD.getTypeAllocSizeInBits(LLVMFieldTy))
    FieldTy = LLVMFieldTy;
  else
    // If the field result type T is a bool or some other curiously sized
    // integer type, then not all bits may be accessible by advancing a T*
    // and loading through it.  For example, if the result type is i1 then
    // only the first bit in each byte would be loaded.  Even if T is byte
    // sized like an i24 there may be trouble: incrementing a T* will move
    // the position by 32 bits not 24, leaving the upper 8 of those 32 bits
    // inaccessible.  Avoid this by rounding up the size appropriately.
    FieldTy = IntegerType::get(Context, TD.getTypeAllocSizeInBits(FieldTy));

  assert(FieldTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() ==
         TD.getTypeAllocSizeInBits(FieldTy) && "Field type not sequential!");

  // If this is a bitfield, the field may span multiple fields in the LLVM
  // type.  As such, cast the pointer to be a pointer to the declared type.
  FieldPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(FieldPtr, FieldTy->getPointerTo());

  unsigned LLVMValueBitSize = FieldTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
  // Finally, because bitfields can span LLVM fields, and because the start
  // of the first LLVM field (where FieldPtr currently points) may be up to
  // 63 bits away from the start of the bitfield), it is possible that
  // *FieldPtr doesn't contain any of the bits for this bitfield. If needed,
  // adjust FieldPtr so that it is close enough to the bitfield that
  // *FieldPtr contains the first needed bit.  Be careful to make sure that
  // the pointer remains appropriately aligned.
  if (BitStart > LLVMValueBitSize) {
    // In this case, we know that the alignment of the field is less than
    // the size of the field.  To get the pointer close enough, add some
    // number of alignment units to the pointer.
    unsigned ByteAlignment = TD.getABITypeAlignment(FieldTy);
    // It is possible that an individual field is Packed. This information is
    // not reflected in FieldTy. Check DECL_PACKED here.
    if (DECL_PACKED(FieldDecl))
      ByteAlignment = 1;
    assert(ByteAlignment*8 <= LLVMValueBitSize && "Unknown overlap case!");
    unsigned NumAlignmentUnits = BitStart/(ByteAlignment*8);
    assert(NumAlignmentUnits && "Not adjusting pointer?");

    // Compute the byte offset, and add it to the pointer.
    unsigned ByteOffset = NumAlignmentUnits*ByteAlignment;
    LVAlign = MinAlign(LVAlign, ByteOffset);

    Constant *Offset = ConstantInt::get(TD.getIntPtrType(Context), ByteOffset);
    FieldPtr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(FieldPtr, Offset->getType());
    FieldPtr = Builder.CreateAdd(FieldPtr, Offset);
    FieldPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(FieldPtr, FieldTy->getPointerTo());

    // Adjust bitstart to account for the pointer movement.
    BitStart -= ByteOffset*8;

    // Check that this worked.  Note that the bitfield may extend beyond
    // the end of *FieldPtr, for example because BitfieldSize is the same
    // as LLVMValueBitSize but BitStart > 0.
    assert(BitStart < LLVMValueBitSize &&
           BitStart+BitfieldSize < 2*LLVMValueBitSize &&
           "Couldn't get bitfield into value!");
  }

  // Okay, everything is good.  Return this as a bitfield if we can't
  // return it as a normal l-value. (e.g. "struct X { int X : 32 };" ).
  if (BitfieldSize != LLVMValueBitSize || BitStart != 0)
    return LValue(FieldPtr, LVAlign, BitStart, BitfieldSize);

  return LValue(FieldPtr, LVAlign);
}

LValue TreeToLLVM::EmitLV_DECL(tree exp) {
  Value *Decl = DEFINITION_LOCAL(exp);
  if (Decl == 0) {
    if (errorcount || sorrycount) {
      const Type *Ty = ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp));
      const PointerType *PTy = Ty->getPointerTo();
      LValue LV(ConstantPointerNull::get(PTy), 1);
      return LV;
    }
    llvm_unreachable("Referencing decl that hasn't been laid out");
  }

  const Type *Ty = ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp));
  // If we have "extern void foo", make the global have type {} instead of
  // type void.
  if (Ty->isVoidTy()) Ty = StructType::get(Context);
  const PointerType *PTy = Ty->getPointerTo();
  unsigned Alignment = Ty->isSized() ? TD.getABITypeAlignment(Ty) : 1;
  if (DECL_ALIGN(exp)) {
    if (DECL_USER_ALIGN(exp) || 8 * Alignment < (unsigned)DECL_ALIGN(exp))
      Alignment = DECL_ALIGN(exp) / 8;
  }

  return LValue(Builder.CreateBitCast(Decl, PTy), Alignment);
}

LValue TreeToLLVM::EmitLV_EXC_PTR_EXPR(tree exp) {
  CreateExceptionValues();
  // Cast the address pointer to the expected type.
  unsigned Alignment = TD.getABITypeAlignment(cast<PointerType>(ExceptionValue->
                                                  getType())->getElementType());
  return LValue(Builder.CreateBitCast(ExceptionValue,
                           PointerType::getUnqual(ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp)))),
                Alignment);
}

LValue TreeToLLVM::EmitLV_FILTER_EXPR(tree exp) {
  CreateExceptionValues();
  unsigned Alignment =
    TD.getABITypeAlignment(cast<PointerType>(ExceptionSelectorValue->
                                             getType())->getElementType());
  return LValue(ExceptionSelectorValue, Alignment);
}

LValue TreeToLLVM::EmitLV_INDIRECT_REF(tree exp) {
  // The lvalue is just the address.
  LValue LV = LValue(EmitRegister(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 0)), expr_align(exp) / 8);
  // May need a useless type conversion (useless_type_conversion_p), for example
  // when INDIRECT_REF is applied to a void*, resulting in a non-void type.
  LV.Ptr = UselesslyTypeConvert(LV.Ptr,
                                ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp))->getPointerTo());
  return LV;
}

LValue TreeToLLVM::EmitLV_VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR(tree exp) {
  // The address is the address of the operand.
  LValue LV = EmitLV(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 0));
  // The type is the type of the expression.
  LV.Ptr = Builder.CreateBitCast(LV.Ptr,
                                 ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp))->getPointerTo());
  return LV;
}

LValue TreeToLLVM::EmitLV_WITH_SIZE_EXPR(tree exp) {
  // The address is the address of the operand.
  return EmitLV(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 0));
}

LValue TreeToLLVM::EmitLV_XXXXPART_EXPR(tree exp, unsigned Idx) {
  LValue Ptr = EmitLV(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 0));
  assert(!Ptr.isBitfield() &&
         "REALPART_EXPR / IMAGPART_EXPR operands cannot be bitfields!");
  unsigned Alignment;
  if (Idx == 0)
    // REALPART alignment is same as the complex operand.
    Alignment = Ptr.getAlignment();
  else
    // IMAGPART alignment = MinAlign(Ptr.Alignment, sizeof field);
    Alignment = MinAlign(Ptr.getAlignment(),
                         TD.getTypeAllocSize(Ptr.Ptr->getType()));
  return LValue(Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr.Ptr, Idx), Alignment);
}

LValue TreeToLLVM::EmitLV_SSA_NAME(tree exp) {
  // TODO: Check the ssa name is being used as an rvalue, see EmitLoadOfLValue.
  Value *Temp = CreateTemporary(ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp)));
  Builder.CreateStore(EmitReg_SSA_NAME(exp), Temp);
  return LValue(Temp, 1);
}

Constant *TreeToLLVM::EmitLV_LABEL_DECL(tree exp) {
  return BlockAddress::get(Fn, getLabelDeclBlock(exp));
}


//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//                           ... Emit helpers ...
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

/// EmitMinInvariant - The given value is constant in this function.  Return the
/// corresponding LLVM value.  Only creates code in the entry block.
Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitMinInvariant(tree reg) {
  Value *V = (TREE_CODE(reg) == ADDR_EXPR) ?
    EmitInvariantAddress(reg) : EmitRegisterConstant(reg);
  assert(V->getType() == GetRegType(TREE_TYPE(reg)) &&
         "Gimple min invariant has wrong type!");
  return V;
}

/// EmitInvariantAddress - The given address is constant in this function.
/// Return the corresponding LLVM value.  Only creates code in the entry block.
Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitInvariantAddress(tree addr) {
  assert(is_gimple_invariant_address(addr) &&
         "Expected a locally constant address!");
  assert(is_gimple_reg_type(TREE_TYPE(addr)) && "Not of register type!");

  // Any generated code goes in the entry block.
  BasicBlock *EntryBlock = Fn->begin();

  // Note the current builder position.
  BasicBlock *SavedInsertBB = Builder.GetInsertBlock();
  BasicBlock::iterator SavedInsertPoint = Builder.GetInsertPoint();

  // Pop the entry block terminator.  There may not be a terminator if we are
  // recursing or if the entry block was not yet finished.
  Instruction *Terminator = EntryBlock->getTerminator();
  assert(((SavedInsertBB != EntryBlock && Terminator) ||
          (SavedInsertPoint == EntryBlock->end() && !Terminator)) &&
         "Insertion point doesn't make sense!");
  if (Terminator)
    Terminator->removeFromParent();

  // Point the builder at the end of the entry block.
  Builder.SetInsertPoint(EntryBlock);

  // Calculate the address.
  assert(TREE_CODE(addr) == ADDR_EXPR && "Invariant address not ADDR_EXPR!");
  Value *Address = EmitADDR_EXPR(addr);

  // Restore the entry block terminator.
  if (Terminator)
    EntryBlock->getInstList().push_back(Terminator);

  // Restore the builder insertion point.
  if (SavedInsertBB != EntryBlock)
    Builder.SetInsertPoint(SavedInsertBB, SavedInsertPoint);

  assert(Address->getType() == GetRegType(TREE_TYPE(addr)) &&
         "Invariant address has wrong type!");
  return Address;
}

/// EmitRegisterConstant - Convert the given global constant of register type to
/// an LLVM constant.  Creates no code, only constants.
Constant *TreeToLLVM::EmitRegisterConstant(tree reg) {
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if (!is_gimple_constant(reg)) {
    debug_tree(reg);
    llvm_unreachable("Not a gimple constant!");
  }
#endif
  assert(is_gimple_reg_type(TREE_TYPE(reg)) && "Not of register type!");

  Constant *C;
  switch (TREE_CODE(reg)) {
  default:
    debug_tree(reg);
    llvm_unreachable("Unhandled GIMPLE constant!");

  case INTEGER_CST:
    C = TreeConstantToLLVM::ConvertINTEGER_CST(reg);
    break;
  case REAL_CST:
    C = TreeConstantToLLVM::ConvertREAL_CST(reg);
    break;
  case COMPLEX_CST:
    C = TreeConstantToLLVM::ConvertCOMPLEX_CST(reg);
    break;
  case VECTOR_CST:
    C = TreeConstantToLLVM::ConvertVECTOR_CST(reg);
    break;
  case CONSTRUCTOR:
    C = TreeConstantToLLVM::ConvertCONSTRUCTOR(reg);
    break;
  }

  // Convert from in-memory to in-register type.
  return Mem2Reg(C, TREE_TYPE(reg), *TheFolder);
}

/// Mem2Reg - Convert a value of in-memory type (that given by ConvertType)
/// to in-register type (that given by GetRegType).
Value *TreeToLLVM::Mem2Reg(Value *V, tree_node *type, LLVMBuilder &Builder) {
  const Type *MemTy = V->getType();
  const Type *RegTy = GetRegType(type);
  assert(MemTy == ConvertType(type) && "Not of memory type!");

  if (MemTy == RegTy)
    return V;

  assert(RegTy->isIntegerTy() && MemTy->isIntegerTy() &&
         "Unexpected type mismatch!");
  return Builder.CreateIntCast(V, RegTy, /*isSigned*/!TYPE_UNSIGNED(type));
}
Constant *TreeToLLVM::Mem2Reg(Constant *C, tree_node *type,
                              TargetFolder &Folder) {
  const Type *MemTy = C->getType();
  const Type *RegTy = GetRegType(type);
  assert(MemTy == ConvertType(type) && "Not of memory type!");

  if (MemTy == RegTy)
    return C;

  assert(RegTy->isIntegerTy() && MemTy->isIntegerTy() &&
         "Unexpected type mismatch!");
  return Folder.CreateIntCast(C, RegTy, /*isSigned*/!TYPE_UNSIGNED(type));
}

/// Reg2Mem - Convert a value of in-register type (that given by GetRegType)
/// to in-memory type (that given by ConvertType).
Value *TreeToLLVM::Reg2Mem(Value *V, tree_node *type, LLVMBuilder &Builder) {
  const Type *RegTy = V->getType();
  const Type *MemTy = ConvertType(type);
  assert(RegTy == GetRegType(type) && "Not of register type!");

  if (RegTy == MemTy)
    return V;

  assert(RegTy->isIntegerTy() && MemTy->isIntegerTy() &&
         "Unexpected type mismatch!");
  return Builder.CreateIntCast(V, MemTy, /*isSigned*/!TYPE_UNSIGNED(type));
}

/// LoadRegisterFromMemory - Loads a value of the given scalar GCC type from
/// the memory location pointed to by Loc.  Takes care of adjusting for any
/// differences between in-memory and in-register types (the returned value
/// is of in-register type, as returned by GetRegType).
Value *TreeToLLVM::LoadRegisterFromMemory(MemRef Loc, tree type,
                                          LLVMBuilder &Builder) {
  const Type *MemTy = ConvertType(type);
  Value *Ptr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Loc.Ptr, MemTy->getPointerTo());
  LoadInst *LI = Builder.CreateLoad(Ptr, Loc.Volatile);
  LI->setAlignment(Loc.getAlignment());
  return Mem2Reg(LI, type, Builder);
}

/// StoreRegisterToMemory - Stores the given value to the memory pointed to by
/// Loc.  Takes care of adjusting for any differences between the value's type
/// (which is the in-register type given by GetRegType) and the in-memory type.
void TreeToLLVM::StoreRegisterToMemory(Value *V, MemRef Loc, tree_node *type,
                                       LLVMBuilder &Builder) {
  const Type *MemTy = ConvertType(type);
  Value *Ptr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Loc.Ptr, MemTy->getPointerTo());
  StoreInst *SI = Builder.CreateStore(Reg2Mem(V, type, Builder), Ptr,
                                      Loc.Volatile);
  SI->setAlignment(Loc.getAlignment());
}


//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//           ... EmitReg* - Convert register expression to LLVM...
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

/// GetRegType - Returns the LLVM type to use for registers that hold a value
/// of the scalar GCC type 'type'.  All of the EmitReg* routines use this to
/// determine the LLVM type to return.
const Type *TreeToLLVM::GetRegType(tree type) {
  assert(!AGGREGATE_TYPE_P(type) && "Registers must have a scalar type!");
  assert(TREE_CODE(type) != VOID_TYPE && "Registers cannot have void type!");

  // For integral types, convert based on the type precision.
  if (TREE_CODE(type) == BOOLEAN_TYPE || TREE_CODE(type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE ||
      TREE_CODE(type) == INTEGER_TYPE)
    return IntegerType::get(Context, TYPE_PRECISION(type));

  // Otherwise, return the type used to represent memory.
  return ConvertType(type);
}

/// EmitRegister - Convert the specified gimple register or local constant of
/// register type to an LLVM value.  Only creates code in the entry block.
Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitRegister(tree reg) {
  while (TREE_CODE(reg) == OBJ_TYPE_REF) reg = OBJ_TYPE_REF_EXPR(reg);
  return (TREE_CODE(reg) == SSA_NAME) ?
    EmitReg_SSA_NAME(reg) : EmitMinInvariant(reg);
}

/// EmitReg_SSA_NAME - Return the defining value of the given SSA_NAME.
/// Only creates code in the entry block.
Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_SSA_NAME(tree reg) {
  assert(is_gimple_reg_type(TREE_TYPE(reg)) && "Not of register type!");

  // If we already found the definition of the SSA name, return it.
  if (Value *ExistingValue = SSANames[reg]) {
    assert(ExistingValue->getType() == GetRegType(TREE_TYPE(reg)) &&
           "SSA name has wrong type!");
    if (!isSSAPlaceholder(ExistingValue))
      return ExistingValue;
  }

  // If this is not the definition of the SSA name, return a placeholder value.
  if (!SSA_NAME_IS_DEFAULT_DEF(reg)) {
    if (Value *ExistingValue = SSANames[reg])
      return ExistingValue; // The type was sanity checked above.
    return SSANames[reg] = GetSSAPlaceholder(GetRegType(TREE_TYPE(reg)));
  }

  // This SSA name is the default definition for the underlying symbol.

  // The underlying symbol is an SSA variable.
  tree var = SSA_NAME_VAR(reg);
  assert(SSA_VAR_P(var) && "Not an SSA variable!");

  // If the variable is itself an ssa name, use its LLVM value.
  if (TREE_CODE (var) == SSA_NAME) {
    Value *Val = EmitReg_SSA_NAME(var);
    assert(Val->getType() == GetRegType(TREE_TYPE(reg)) &&
           "SSA name has wrong type!");
    return DefineSSAName(reg, Val);
  }

  // Otherwise the symbol is a VAR_DECL, PARM_DECL or RESULT_DECL.  Since a
  // default definition is only created if the very first reference to the
  // variable in the function is a read operation, and refers to the value
  // read, it has an undefined value except for PARM_DECLs.
  if (TREE_CODE(var) != PARM_DECL)
    return DefineSSAName(reg, UndefValue::get(GetRegType(TREE_TYPE(reg))));

  // Read the initial value of the parameter and associate it with the ssa name.
  assert(DECL_LOCAL_IF_SET(var) && "Parameter not laid out?");

  unsigned Alignment = DECL_ALIGN(var);
  assert(Alignment != 0 && "Parameter with unknown alignment!");

  // Perform the load in the entry block, after all parameters have been set up
  // with their initial values, and before any modifications to their values.

  // Create a builder that inserts code before the SSAInsertionPoint marker.
  LLVMBuilder SSABuilder(Context, Builder.getFolder());
  SSABuilder.SetInsertPoint(SSAInsertionPoint->getParent(), SSAInsertionPoint);

  // Use it to load the parameter value.
  MemRef ParamLoc(DECL_LOCAL_IF_SET(var), Alignment, false);
  Value *Def = LoadRegisterFromMemory(ParamLoc, TREE_TYPE(reg), SSABuilder);

  if (flag_verbose_asm)
    NameValue(Def, reg);
  return DefineSSAName(reg, Def);
}

// Unary expressions.
Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_ABS_EXPR(tree op) {
  Value *Op = EmitRegister(op);
  if (!Op->getType()->isFloatingPointTy()) {
    Value *OpN = Builder.CreateNeg(Op, Op->getName()+"neg");
    ICmpInst::Predicate pred = TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(op)) ?
      ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE : ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE;
    Value *Cmp = Builder.CreateICmp(pred, Op,
                    Constant::getNullValue(Op->getType()), "abscond");
    return Builder.CreateSelect(Cmp, Op, OpN, Op->getName()+"abs");
  }

  // Turn FP abs into fabs/fabsf.
  const char *Name = 0;

  switch (Op->getType()->getTypeID()) {
  default: assert(0 && "Unknown FP type!");
  case Type::FloatTyID:  Name = "fabsf"; break;
  case Type::DoubleTyID: Name = "fabs"; break;
  case Type::X86_FP80TyID:
  case Type::PPC_FP128TyID:
  case Type::FP128TyID: Name = "fabsl"; break;
  }

  Value *V = TheModule->getOrInsertFunction(Name, Op->getType(), Op->getType(),
                                            NULL);
  CallInst *Call = Builder.CreateCall(V, Op);
  Call->setDoesNotThrow();
  Call->setDoesNotAccessMemory();
  return Call;
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_BIT_NOT_EXPR(tree op) {
  Value *Op = EmitRegister(op);
  return Builder.CreateNot(Op, Op->getName()+"not");
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_CONJ_EXPR(tree op) {
  tree elt_type = TREE_TYPE(TREE_TYPE(op));
  Value *R, *I;
  SplitComplex(EmitRegister(op), R, I, elt_type);

  // ~(a+ib) = a + i*-b
  I = CreateAnyNeg(I, elt_type);

  return CreateComplex(R, I, elt_type);
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_CONVERT_EXPR(tree type, tree op) {
  return CastToAnyType(EmitRegister(op), !TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(op)),
                       GetRegType(type), !TYPE_UNSIGNED(type));
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_NEGATE_EXPR(tree op) {
  Value *V = EmitRegister(op);
  tree type = TREE_TYPE(op);

  if (TREE_CODE(type) == COMPLEX_TYPE) {
    tree elt_type = TREE_TYPE(type);
    Value *R, *I; SplitComplex(V, R, I, elt_type);

    // -(a+ib) = -a + i*-b
    R = CreateAnyNeg(R, elt_type);
    I = CreateAnyNeg(I, elt_type);

    return CreateComplex(R, I, elt_type);
  }

  return CreateAnyNeg(V, type);
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_PAREN_EXPR(tree op) {
  // TODO: Understand and correctly deal with this subtle expression.
  return EmitRegister(op);
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_TRUTH_NOT_EXPR(tree type, tree op) {
  Value *V = EmitRegister(op);
  if (!V->getType()->isIntegerTy(1))
    V = Builder.CreateICmpNE(V,
          Constant::getNullValue(V->getType()), "toBool");
  V = Builder.CreateNot(V, V->getName()+"not");
  return Builder.CreateIntCast(V, GetRegType(type), /*isSigned*/false);
}

// Comparisons.

/// EmitCompare - Compare LHS with RHS using the appropriate comparison code.
/// The result is an i1 boolean.
Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitCompare(tree lhs, tree rhs, tree_code code) {
  Value *LHS = EmitRegister(lhs);
  Value *RHS = UselesslyTypeConvert(EmitRegister(rhs), LHS->getType());

  // Compute the LLVM opcodes corresponding to the GCC comparison.
  CmpInst::Predicate UIPred = CmpInst::BAD_ICMP_PREDICATE;
  CmpInst::Predicate SIPred = CmpInst::BAD_ICMP_PREDICATE;
  CmpInst::Predicate FPPred = CmpInst::BAD_FCMP_PREDICATE;

  switch (code) {
  default:
    assert(false && "Unhandled condition code!");
  case LT_EXPR:
    UIPred = CmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
    SIPred = CmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
    FPPred = CmpInst::FCMP_OLT;
    break;
  case LE_EXPR:
    UIPred = CmpInst::ICMP_ULE;
    SIPred = CmpInst::ICMP_SLE;
    FPPred = CmpInst::FCMP_OLE;
    break;
  case GT_EXPR:
    UIPred = CmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
    SIPred = CmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
    FPPred = CmpInst::FCMP_OGT;
    break;
  case GE_EXPR:
    UIPred = CmpInst::ICMP_UGE;
    SIPred = CmpInst::ICMP_SGE;
    FPPred = CmpInst::FCMP_OGE;
    break;
  case EQ_EXPR:
    UIPred = SIPred = CmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
    FPPred = CmpInst::FCMP_OEQ;
    break;
  case NE_EXPR:
    UIPred = SIPred = CmpInst::ICMP_NE;
    FPPred = CmpInst::FCMP_UNE;
    break;
  case UNORDERED_EXPR: FPPred = CmpInst::FCMP_UNO; break;
  case ORDERED_EXPR:   FPPred = CmpInst::FCMP_ORD; break;
  case UNLT_EXPR:      FPPred = CmpInst::FCMP_ULT; break;
  case UNLE_EXPR:      FPPred = CmpInst::FCMP_ULE; break;
  case UNGT_EXPR:      FPPred = CmpInst::FCMP_UGT; break;
  case UNGE_EXPR:      FPPred = CmpInst::FCMP_UGE; break;
  case UNEQ_EXPR:      FPPred = CmpInst::FCMP_UEQ; break;
  case LTGT_EXPR:      FPPred = CmpInst::FCMP_ONE; break;
  }

  if (TREE_CODE(TREE_TYPE(lhs)) == COMPLEX_TYPE) {
    Value *LHSr, *LHSi;
    SplitComplex(LHS, LHSr, LHSi, TREE_TYPE(TREE_TYPE(lhs)));
    Value *RHSr, *RHSi;
    SplitComplex(RHS, RHSr, RHSi, TREE_TYPE(TREE_TYPE(lhs)));

    Value *DSTr, *DSTi;
    if (LHSr->getType()->isFloatingPointTy()) {
      DSTr = Builder.CreateFCmp(FPPred, LHSr, RHSr);
      DSTi = Builder.CreateFCmp(FPPred, LHSi, RHSi);
      if (FPPred == CmpInst::FCMP_OEQ)
        return Builder.CreateAnd(DSTr, DSTi);
      assert(FPPred == CmpInst::FCMP_UNE && "Unhandled complex comparison!");
      return Builder.CreateOr(DSTr, DSTi);
    }

    assert(SIPred == UIPred && "(In)equality comparison depends on sign!");
    DSTr = Builder.CreateICmp(UIPred, LHSr, RHSr);
    DSTi = Builder.CreateICmp(UIPred, LHSi, RHSi);
    if (UIPred == CmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
      return Builder.CreateAnd(DSTr, DSTi);
    assert(UIPred == CmpInst::ICMP_NE && "Unhandled complex comparison!");
    return Builder.CreateOr(DSTr, DSTi);
  }

  if (LHS->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy())
    return Builder.CreateFCmp(FPPred, LHS, RHS);

  // Determine which predicate to use based on signedness.
  CmpInst::Predicate pred = TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(lhs)) ? UIPred : SIPred;
  return Builder.CreateICmp(pred, LHS, RHS);
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_MinMaxExpr(tree type, tree op0, tree op1,
                                      unsigned UIPred, unsigned SIPred,
                                      unsigned FPPred, bool isMax) {
  Value *LHS = EmitRegister(op0);
  Value *RHS = EmitRegister(op1);

  const Type *Ty = GetRegType(type);

  // The LHS, RHS and Ty could be integer, floating or pointer typed. We need
  // to convert the LHS and RHS into the destination type before doing the
  // comparison. Use CastInst::getCastOpcode to get this right.
  bool TyIsSigned  = !TYPE_UNSIGNED(type);
  bool LHSIsSigned = !TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(op0));
  bool RHSIsSigned = !TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(op1));
  Instruction::CastOps opcode =
    CastInst::getCastOpcode(LHS, LHSIsSigned, Ty, TyIsSigned);
  LHS = Builder.CreateCast(opcode, LHS, Ty);
  opcode = CastInst::getCastOpcode(RHS, RHSIsSigned, Ty, TyIsSigned);
  RHS = Builder.CreateCast(opcode, RHS, Ty);

  Value *Compare;
  if (LHS->getType()->isFloatingPointTy())
    Compare = Builder.CreateFCmp(FCmpInst::Predicate(FPPred), LHS, RHS);
  else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED(type))
    Compare = Builder.CreateICmp(ICmpInst::Predicate(UIPred), LHS, RHS);
  else
    Compare = Builder.CreateICmp(ICmpInst::Predicate(SIPred), LHS, RHS);

  return Builder.CreateSelect(Compare, LHS, RHS, isMax ? "max" : "min");
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_RotateOp(tree type, tree op0, tree op1,
                                    unsigned Opc1, unsigned Opc2) {
  Value *In  = EmitRegister(op0);
  Value *Amt = EmitRegister(op1);

  if (Amt->getType() != In->getType())
    Amt = Builder.CreateIntCast(Amt, In->getType(), /*isSigned*/false,
                                Amt->getName()+".cast");

  Value *TypeSize =
    ConstantInt::get(In->getType(),
                     In->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits());

  // Do the two shifts.
  Value *V1 = Builder.CreateBinOp((Instruction::BinaryOps)Opc1, In, Amt);
  Value *OtherShift = Builder.CreateSub(TypeSize, Amt);
  Value *V2 = Builder.CreateBinOp((Instruction::BinaryOps)Opc2, In, OtherShift);

  // Or the two together to return them.
  Value *Merge = Builder.CreateOr(V1, V2);
  return Builder.CreateIntCast(Merge, GetRegType(type), /*isSigned*/false);
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_ShiftOp(tree op0, tree op1, unsigned Opc) {
  Value *LHS = EmitRegister(op0);
  Value *RHS = EmitRegister(op1);
  if (RHS->getType() != LHS->getType())
    RHS = Builder.CreateIntCast(RHS, LHS->getType(), /*isSigned*/false,
                                RHS->getName()+".cast");

  return Builder.CreateBinOp((Instruction::BinaryOps)Opc, LHS, RHS);
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_TruthOp(tree type, tree op0, tree op1, unsigned Opc){
  Value *LHS = EmitRegister(op0);
  Value *RHS = EmitRegister(op1);

  // This is a truth operation like the strict &&,||,^^.  Convert to bool as
  // a test against zero
  LHS = Builder.CreateICmpNE(LHS,
                             Constant::getNullValue(LHS->getType()),
                             "toBool");
  RHS = Builder.CreateICmpNE(RHS,
                             Constant::getNullValue(RHS->getType()),
                             "toBool");

  Value *Res = Builder.CreateBinOp((Instruction::BinaryOps)Opc, LHS, RHS);
  return Builder.CreateZExt(Res, GetRegType(type));
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_CEIL_DIV_EXPR(tree type, tree op0, tree op1) {
  // Notation: CEIL_DIV_EXPR <-> CDiv, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR <-> Div.

  // CDiv calculates LHS/RHS by rounding up to the nearest integer.  In terms
  // of Div this means if the values of LHS and RHS have opposite signs or if
  // LHS is zero, then CDiv necessarily equals Div; and
  //   LHS CDiv RHS = (LHS - Sign(RHS)) Div RHS + 1
  // otherwise.

  const Type *Ty = GetRegType(type);
  Constant *Zero = ConstantInt::get(Ty, 0);
  Constant *One = ConstantInt::get(Ty, 1);
  Constant *MinusOne = Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty);

  Value *LHS = EmitRegister(op0);
  Value *RHS = EmitRegister(op1);

  if (!TYPE_UNSIGNED(type)) {
    // In the case of signed arithmetic, we calculate CDiv as follows:
    //   LHS CDiv RHS = (LHS - Sign(RHS) * Offset) Div RHS + Offset,
    // where Offset is 1 if LHS and RHS have the same sign and LHS is
    // not zero, and 0 otherwise.

    // On some machines INT_MIN Div -1 traps.  You might expect a trap for
    // INT_MIN CDiv -1 too, but this implementation will not generate one.
    // Quick quiz question: what value is returned for INT_MIN CDiv -1?

    // Determine the signs of LHS and RHS, and whether they have the same sign.
    Value *LHSIsPositive = Builder.CreateICmpSGE(LHS, Zero);
    Value *RHSIsPositive = Builder.CreateICmpSGE(RHS, Zero);
    Value *HaveSameSign = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(LHSIsPositive, RHSIsPositive);

    // Offset equals 1 if LHS and RHS have the same sign and LHS is not zero.
    Value *LHSNotZero = Builder.CreateICmpNE(LHS, Zero);
    Value *OffsetOne = Builder.CreateAnd(HaveSameSign, LHSNotZero);
    // ... otherwise it is 0.
    Value *Offset = Builder.CreateSelect(OffsetOne, One, Zero);

    // Calculate Sign(RHS) ...
    Value *SignRHS = Builder.CreateSelect(RHSIsPositive, One, MinusOne);
    // ... and Sign(RHS) * Offset
    Value *SignedOffset = Builder.CreateSExt(OffsetOne, Ty);
    SignedOffset = Builder.CreateAnd(SignRHS, SignedOffset);

    // Return CDiv = (LHS - Sign(RHS) * Offset) Div RHS + Offset.
    Value *CDiv = Builder.CreateSub(LHS, SignedOffset);
    CDiv = Builder.CreateSDiv(CDiv, RHS);
    return Builder.CreateAdd(CDiv, Offset, "cdiv");
  }

  // In the case of unsigned arithmetic, LHS and RHS necessarily have the
  // same sign, so we can use
  //   LHS CDiv RHS = (LHS - 1) Div RHS + 1
  // as long as LHS is non-zero.

  // Offset is 1 if LHS is non-zero, 0 otherwise.
  Value *LHSNotZero = Builder.CreateICmpNE(LHS, Zero);
  Value *Offset = Builder.CreateSelect(LHSNotZero, One, Zero);

  // Return CDiv = (LHS - Offset) Div RHS + Offset.
  Value *CDiv = Builder.CreateSub(LHS, Offset);
  CDiv = Builder.CreateUDiv(CDiv, RHS);
  return Builder.CreateAdd(CDiv, Offset, "cdiv");
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_BIT_AND_EXPR(tree op0, tree op1) {
  return Builder.CreateAnd(EmitRegister(op0), EmitRegister(op1));
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_BIT_IOR_EXPR(tree op0, tree op1) {
  return Builder.CreateOr(EmitRegister(op0), EmitRegister(op1));
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_BIT_XOR_EXPR(tree op0, tree op1) {
  return Builder.CreateXor(EmitRegister(op0), EmitRegister(op1));
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_COMPLEX_EXPR(tree op0, tree op1) {
    return CreateComplex(EmitRegister(op0), EmitRegister(op1), TREE_TYPE(op1));
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_FLOOR_DIV_EXPR(tree type, tree op0, tree op1) {
  // Notation: FLOOR_DIV_EXPR <-> FDiv, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR <-> Div.
  Value *LHS = EmitRegister(op0);
  Value *RHS = EmitRegister(op1);

  // FDiv calculates LHS/RHS by rounding down to the nearest integer.  In terms
  // of Div this means if the values of LHS and RHS have the same sign or if LHS
  // is zero, then FDiv necessarily equals Div; and
  //   LHS FDiv RHS = (LHS + Sign(RHS)) Div RHS - 1
  // otherwise.

  if (TYPE_UNSIGNED(type))
    // In the case of unsigned arithmetic, LHS and RHS necessarily have the
    // same sign, so FDiv is the same as Div.
    return Builder.CreateUDiv(LHS, RHS, "fdiv");

  const Type *Ty = GetRegType(type);
  Constant *Zero = ConstantInt::get(Ty, 0);
  Constant *One = ConstantInt::get(Ty, 1);
  Constant *MinusOne = Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty);

  // In the case of signed arithmetic, we calculate FDiv as follows:
  //   LHS FDiv RHS = (LHS + Sign(RHS) * Offset) Div RHS - Offset,
  // where Offset is 1 if LHS and RHS have opposite signs and LHS is
  // not zero, and 0 otherwise.

  // Determine the signs of LHS and RHS, and whether they have the same sign.
  Value *LHSIsPositive = Builder.CreateICmpSGE(LHS, Zero);
  Value *RHSIsPositive = Builder.CreateICmpSGE(RHS, Zero);
  Value *SignsDiffer = Builder.CreateICmpNE(LHSIsPositive, RHSIsPositive);

  // Offset equals 1 if LHS and RHS have opposite signs and LHS is not zero.
  Value *LHSNotZero = Builder.CreateICmpNE(LHS, Zero);
  Value *OffsetOne = Builder.CreateAnd(SignsDiffer, LHSNotZero);
  // ... otherwise it is 0.
  Value *Offset = Builder.CreateSelect(OffsetOne, One, Zero);

  // Calculate Sign(RHS) ...
  Value *SignRHS = Builder.CreateSelect(RHSIsPositive, One, MinusOne);
  // ... and Sign(RHS) * Offset
  Value *SignedOffset = Builder.CreateSExt(OffsetOne, Ty);
  SignedOffset = Builder.CreateAnd(SignRHS, SignedOffset);

  // Return FDiv = (LHS + Sign(RHS) * Offset) Div RHS - Offset.
  Value *FDiv = Builder.CreateAdd(LHS, SignedOffset);
  FDiv = Builder.CreateSDiv(FDiv, RHS);
  return Builder.CreateSub(FDiv, Offset, "fdiv");
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_FLOOR_MOD_EXPR(tree type, tree op0, tree op1) {
  // Notation: FLOOR_MOD_EXPR <-> Mod, TRUNC_MOD_EXPR <-> Rem.

  Value *LHS = EmitRegister(op0);
  Value *RHS = EmitRegister(op1);

  // We express Mod in terms of Rem as follows: if RHS exactly divides LHS,
  // or the values of LHS and RHS have the same sign, then Mod equals Rem.
  // Otherwise Mod equals Rem + RHS.  This means that LHS Mod RHS traps iff
  // LHS Rem RHS traps.
  if (TYPE_UNSIGNED(type))
    // LHS and RHS values must have the same sign if their type is unsigned.
    return Builder.CreateURem(LHS, RHS);

  const Type *Ty = GetRegType(type);
  Constant *Zero = ConstantInt::get(Ty, 0);

  // The two possible values for Mod.
  Value *Rem = Builder.CreateSRem(LHS, RHS, "rem");
  Value *RemPlusRHS = Builder.CreateAdd(Rem, RHS);

  // HaveSameSign: (LHS >= 0) == (RHS >= 0).
  Value *LHSIsPositive = Builder.CreateICmpSGE(LHS, Zero);
  Value *RHSIsPositive = Builder.CreateICmpSGE(RHS, Zero);
  Value *HaveSameSign = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(LHSIsPositive,RHSIsPositive);

  // RHS exactly divides LHS iff Rem is zero.
  Value *RemIsZero = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(Rem, Zero);

  Value *SameAsRem = Builder.CreateOr(HaveSameSign, RemIsZero);
  return Builder.CreateSelect(SameAsRem, Rem, RemPlusRHS, "mod");
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_MINUS_EXPR(tree op0, tree op1) {
  Value *LHS = EmitRegister(op0);
  Value *RHS = EmitRegister(op1);
  tree type = TREE_TYPE(op0);

  if (TREE_CODE(type) == COMPLEX_TYPE) {
    tree elt_type = TREE_TYPE(type);
    Value *LHSr, *LHSi; SplitComplex(LHS, LHSr, LHSi, elt_type);
    Value *RHSr, *RHSi; SplitComplex(RHS, RHSr, RHSi, elt_type);

    // (a+ib) - (c+id) = (a-c) + i(b-d)
    LHSr = CreateAnySub(LHSr, RHSr, elt_type);
    LHSi = CreateAnySub(LHSi, RHSi, elt_type);

    return CreateComplex(LHSr, LHSi, elt_type);
  }

  return CreateAnySub(LHS, RHS, type);
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_MULT_EXPR(tree op0, tree op1) {
  Value *LHS = EmitRegister(op0);
  Value *RHS = EmitRegister(op1);
  tree type = TREE_TYPE(op0);

  if (TREE_CODE(type) == COMPLEX_TYPE) {
    tree elt_type = TREE_TYPE(type);
    Value *LHSr, *LHSi; SplitComplex(LHS, LHSr, LHSi, elt_type);
    Value *RHSr, *RHSi; SplitComplex(RHS, RHSr, RHSi, elt_type);
    Value *DSTr, *DSTi;

    // (a+ib) * (c+id) = (ac-bd) + i(ad+cb)
    if (SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P(elt_type)) {
      Value *Tmp1 = Builder.CreateFMul(LHSr, RHSr); // a*c
      Value *Tmp2 = Builder.CreateFMul(LHSi, RHSi); // b*d
      DSTr = Builder.CreateFSub(Tmp1, Tmp2);        // ac-bd

      Value *Tmp3 = Builder.CreateFMul(LHSr, RHSi); // a*d
      Value *Tmp4 = Builder.CreateFMul(RHSr, LHSi); // c*b
      DSTi = Builder.CreateFAdd(Tmp3, Tmp4);        // ad+cb
    } else {
      // If overflow does not wrap in the element type then it is tempting to
      // use NSW operations here.  However that would be wrong since overflow
      // of an intermediate value calculated here does not necessarily imply
      // that the final result overflows.
      Value *Tmp1 = Builder.CreateMul(LHSr, RHSr); // a*c
      Value *Tmp2 = Builder.CreateMul(LHSi, RHSi); // b*d
      DSTr = Builder.CreateSub(Tmp1, Tmp2);        // ac-bd

      Value *Tmp3 = Builder.CreateMul(LHSr, RHSi); // a*d
      Value *Tmp4 = Builder.CreateMul(RHSr, LHSi); // c*b
      DSTi = Builder.CreateAdd(Tmp3, Tmp4);        // ad+cb
    }

    return CreateComplex(DSTr, DSTi, elt_type);
  }

  return CreateAnyMul(LHS, RHS, type);
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_PLUS_EXPR(tree op0, tree op1) {
  Value *LHS = EmitRegister(op0);
  Value *RHS = EmitRegister(op1);
  tree type = TREE_TYPE(op0);

  if (TREE_CODE(type) == COMPLEX_TYPE) {
    tree elt_type = TREE_TYPE(type);
    Value *LHSr, *LHSi; SplitComplex(LHS, LHSr, LHSi, elt_type);
    Value *RHSr, *RHSi; SplitComplex(RHS, RHSr, RHSi, elt_type);

    // (a+ib) + (c+id) = (a+c) + i(b+d)
    LHSr = CreateAnyAdd(LHSr, RHSr, elt_type);
    LHSi = CreateAnyAdd(LHSi, RHSi, elt_type);

    return CreateComplex(LHSr, LHSi, elt_type);
  }

  return CreateAnyAdd(LHS, RHS, type);
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_POINTER_PLUS_EXPR(tree type, tree op0, tree op1) {
  Value *Ptr = EmitRegister(op0); // The pointer.
  Value *Idx = EmitRegister(op1); // The offset in bytes.

  // Convert the pointer into an i8* and add the offset to it.
  Ptr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Ptr, Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context));
  Value *GEP = POINTER_TYPE_OVERFLOW_UNDEFINED ?
    Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(Ptr, Idx) : Builder.CreateGEP(Ptr, Idx);

  // The result may be of a different pointer type.
  return UselesslyTypeConvert(GEP, GetRegType(type));
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_RDIV_EXPR(tree op0, tree op1) {
  Value *LHS = EmitRegister(op0);
  Value *RHS = EmitRegister(op1);
  tree type = TREE_TYPE(op0);

  if (TREE_CODE(type) == COMPLEX_TYPE) {
    tree elt_type = TREE_TYPE(type);
    Value *LHSr, *LHSi; SplitComplex(LHS, LHSr, LHSi, elt_type);
    Value *RHSr, *RHSi; SplitComplex(RHS, RHSr, RHSi, elt_type);
    Value *DSTr, *DSTi;

    // (a+ib) / (c+id) = ((ac+bd)/(cc+dd)) + i((bc-ad)/(cc+dd))
    assert (SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P(elt_type) && "RDIV_EXPR not floating point!");
    Value *Tmp1 = Builder.CreateFMul(LHSr, RHSr); // a*c
    Value *Tmp2 = Builder.CreateFMul(LHSi, RHSi); // b*d
    Value *Tmp3 = Builder.CreateFAdd(Tmp1, Tmp2); // ac+bd

    Value *Tmp4 = Builder.CreateFMul(RHSr, RHSr); // c*c
    Value *Tmp5 = Builder.CreateFMul(RHSi, RHSi); // d*d
    Value *Tmp6 = Builder.CreateFAdd(Tmp4, Tmp5); // cc+dd
    DSTr = Builder.CreateFDiv(Tmp3, Tmp6);

    Value *Tmp7 = Builder.CreateFMul(LHSi, RHSr); // b*c
    Value *Tmp8 = Builder.CreateFMul(LHSr, RHSi); // a*d
    Value *Tmp9 = Builder.CreateFSub(Tmp7, Tmp8); // bc-ad
    DSTi = Builder.CreateFDiv(Tmp9, Tmp6);

    return CreateComplex(DSTr, DSTi, elt_type);
  }

  assert(FLOAT_TYPE_P(type) && "RDIV_EXPR not floating point!");
  return Builder.CreateFDiv(LHS, RHS);
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_ROUND_DIV_EXPR(tree type, tree op0, tree op1) {
  // Notation: ROUND_DIV_EXPR <-> RDiv, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR <-> Div.

  // RDiv calculates LHS/RHS by rounding to the nearest integer.  Ties
  // are broken by rounding away from zero.  In terms of Div this means:
  //   LHS RDiv RHS = (LHS + (RHS Div 2)) Div RHS
  // if the values of LHS and RHS have the same sign; and
  //   LHS RDiv RHS = (LHS - (RHS Div 2)) Div RHS
  // if the values of LHS and RHS differ in sign.  The intermediate
  // expressions in these formulae can overflow, so some tweaking is
  // required to ensure correct results.  The details depend on whether
  // we are doing signed or unsigned arithmetic.

  const Type *Ty = GetRegType(type);
  Constant *Zero = ConstantInt::get(Ty, 0);
  Constant *Two = ConstantInt::get(Ty, 2);

  Value *LHS = EmitRegister(op0);
  Value *RHS = EmitRegister(op1);

  if (!TYPE_UNSIGNED(type)) {
    // In the case of signed arithmetic, we calculate RDiv as follows:
    //   LHS RDiv RHS = (sign) ( (|LHS| + (|RHS| UDiv 2)) UDiv |RHS| ),
    // where sign is +1 if LHS and RHS have the same sign, -1 if their
    // signs differ.  Doing the computation unsigned ensures that there
    // is no overflow.

    // On some machines INT_MIN Div -1 traps.  You might expect a trap for
    // INT_MIN RDiv -1 too, but this implementation will not generate one.
    // Quick quiz question: what value is returned for INT_MIN RDiv -1?

    // Determine the signs of LHS and RHS, and whether they have the same sign.
    Value *LHSIsPositive = Builder.CreateICmpSGE(LHS, Zero);
    Value *RHSIsPositive = Builder.CreateICmpSGE(RHS, Zero);
    Value *HaveSameSign = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(LHSIsPositive, RHSIsPositive);

    // Calculate |LHS| ...
    Value *MinusLHS = Builder.CreateNeg(LHS);
    Value *AbsLHS = Builder.CreateSelect(LHSIsPositive, LHS, MinusLHS,
                                         LHS->getName()+".abs");
    // ... and |RHS|
    Value *MinusRHS = Builder.CreateNeg(RHS);
    Value *AbsRHS = Builder.CreateSelect(RHSIsPositive, RHS, MinusRHS,
                                         RHS->getName()+".abs");

    // Calculate AbsRDiv = (|LHS| + (|RHS| UDiv 2)) UDiv |RHS|.
    Value *HalfAbsRHS = Builder.CreateUDiv(AbsRHS, Two);
    Value *Numerator = Builder.CreateAdd(AbsLHS, HalfAbsRHS);
    Value *AbsRDiv = Builder.CreateUDiv(Numerator, AbsRHS);

    // Return AbsRDiv or -AbsRDiv according to whether LHS and RHS have the
    // same sign or not.
    Value *MinusAbsRDiv = Builder.CreateNeg(AbsRDiv);
    return Builder.CreateSelect(HaveSameSign, AbsRDiv, MinusAbsRDiv, "rdiv");
  }

  // In the case of unsigned arithmetic, LHS and RHS necessarily have the
  // same sign, however overflow is a problem.  We want to use the formula
  //   LHS RDiv RHS = (LHS + (RHS Div 2)) Div RHS,
  // but if LHS + (RHS Div 2) overflows then we get the wrong result.  Since
  // the use of a conditional branch seems to be unavoidable, we choose the
  // simple solution of explicitly checking for overflow, and using
  //   LHS RDiv RHS = ((LHS + (RHS Div 2)) - RHS) Div RHS + 1
  // if it occurred.

  // Usually the numerator is LHS + (RHS Div 2); calculate this.
  Value *HalfRHS = Builder.CreateUDiv(RHS, Two);
  Value *Numerator = Builder.CreateAdd(LHS, HalfRHS);

  // Did the calculation overflow?
  Value *Overflowed = Builder.CreateICmpULT(Numerator, HalfRHS);

  // If so, use (LHS + (RHS Div 2)) - RHS for the numerator instead.
  Value *AltNumerator = Builder.CreateSub(Numerator, RHS);
  Numerator = Builder.CreateSelect(Overflowed, AltNumerator, Numerator);

  // Quotient = Numerator / RHS.
  Value *Quotient = Builder.CreateUDiv(Numerator, RHS);

  // Return Quotient unless we overflowed, in which case return Quotient + 1.
  return Builder.CreateAdd(Quotient, Builder.CreateIntCast(Overflowed, Ty,
                                                           /*isSigned*/false),
                           "rdiv");
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_TRUNC_DIV_EXPR(tree op0, tree op1, bool isExact) {
  Value *LHS = EmitRegister(op0);
  Value *RHS = EmitRegister(op1);
  tree type = TREE_TYPE(op0);

  if (TREE_CODE(type) == COMPLEX_TYPE) {
    tree elt_type = TREE_TYPE(type);
    Value *LHSr, *LHSi; SplitComplex(LHS, LHSr, LHSi, elt_type);
    Value *RHSr, *RHSi; SplitComplex(RHS, RHSr, RHSi, elt_type);
    Value *DSTr, *DSTi;

    // (a+ib) / (c+id) = ((ac+bd)/(cc+dd)) + i((bc-ad)/(cc+dd))
    assert (LHSr->getType()->isIntegerTy() && "TRUNC_DIV_EXPR not integer!");
    // If overflow does not wrap in the element type then it is tempting to
    // use NSW operations here.  However that would be wrong since overflow
    // of an intermediate value calculated here does not necessarily imply
    // that the final result overflows.
    Value *Tmp1 = Builder.CreateMul(LHSr, RHSr); // a*c
    Value *Tmp2 = Builder.CreateMul(LHSi, RHSi); // b*d
    Value *Tmp3 = Builder.CreateAdd(Tmp1, Tmp2); // ac+bd

    Value *Tmp4 = Builder.CreateMul(RHSr, RHSr); // c*c
    Value *Tmp5 = Builder.CreateMul(RHSi, RHSi); // d*d
    Value *Tmp6 = Builder.CreateAdd(Tmp4, Tmp5); // cc+dd
    DSTr = TYPE_UNSIGNED(elt_type) ?
      Builder.CreateUDiv(Tmp3, Tmp6) : Builder.CreateSDiv(Tmp3, Tmp6);

    Value *Tmp7 = Builder.CreateMul(LHSi, RHSr); // b*c
    Value *Tmp8 = Builder.CreateMul(LHSr, RHSi); // a*d
    Value *Tmp9 = Builder.CreateSub(Tmp7, Tmp8); // bc-ad
    DSTi = TYPE_UNSIGNED(elt_type) ?
      Builder.CreateUDiv(Tmp9, Tmp6) : Builder.CreateSDiv(Tmp9, Tmp6);

    return CreateComplex(DSTr, DSTi, elt_type);
  }

  assert(LHS->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() && "TRUNC_DIV_EXPR not integer!");
  if (TYPE_UNSIGNED(type)) {
//    if (isExact)
//      return Builder.CreateExactUDiv(LHS, RHS);
//    else
      return Builder.CreateUDiv(LHS, RHS);
  } else {
    if (isExact)
      return Builder.CreateExactSDiv(LHS, RHS);
    else
      return Builder.CreateSDiv(LHS, RHS);
  }
}

Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitReg_TRUNC_MOD_EXPR(tree op0, tree op1) {
  Value *LHS = EmitRegister(op0);
  Value *RHS = EmitRegister(op1);
  return TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(op0)) ?
    Builder.CreateURem(LHS, RHS) : Builder.CreateSRem(LHS, RHS);
}


//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//                        ... Exception Handling ...
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//


//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//                  ... Render* - Convert GIMPLE to LLVM ...
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

void TreeToLLVM::RenderGIMPLE_ASM(gimple stmt) {
  // Some of the GCC utilities we use still want lists and not gimple, so create
  // input, output and clobber lists for their benefit.
  unsigned NumOutputs = gimple_asm_noutputs (stmt);
  tree outputs = NULL_TREE;
  if (NumOutputs) {
    tree t = outputs = gimple_asm_output_op (stmt, 0);
    for (unsigned i = 1; i < NumOutputs; i++) {
      TREE_CHAIN (t) = gimple_asm_output_op (stmt, i);
      t = gimple_asm_output_op (stmt, i);
    }
  }

  unsigned NumInputs = gimple_asm_ninputs(stmt);
  tree inputs = NULL_TREE;
  if (NumInputs) {
    tree t = inputs = gimple_asm_input_op (stmt, 0);
    for (unsigned i = 1; i < NumInputs; i++) {
      TREE_CHAIN (t) = gimple_asm_input_op (stmt, i);
      t = gimple_asm_input_op (stmt, i);
    }
  }

  unsigned NumClobbers = gimple_asm_nclobbers (stmt);
  tree clobbers = NULL_TREE;
  if (NumClobbers) {
    tree t = clobbers = gimple_asm_clobber_op (stmt, 0);
    for (unsigned i = 1; i < NumClobbers; i++) {
      TREE_CHAIN (t) = gimple_asm_clobber_op (stmt, i);
      t = gimple_asm_clobber_op (stmt, i);
    }
  }

  // TODO: Understand what these labels are about, and handle them properly.
  unsigned NumLabels = gimple_asm_nlabels (stmt);
  tree labels = NULL_TREE;
  if (NumLabels) {
    tree t = labels = gimple_asm_label_op (stmt, 0);
    for (unsigned i = 1; i < NumLabels; i++) {
      TREE_CHAIN (t) = gimple_asm_label_op (stmt, i);
      t = gimple_asm_label_op (stmt, i);
    }
  }

  unsigned NumInOut = 0;

  // Look for multiple alternative constraints: multiple alternatives separated
  // by commas.
  unsigned NumChoices = 0;    // sentinal; real value is always at least 1.
  const char* p;
  for (tree t = inputs; t; t = TREE_CHAIN(t)) {
    unsigned NumInputChoices = 1;
    for (p = TREE_STRING_POINTER(TREE_VALUE(TREE_PURPOSE(t))); *p; p++) {
      if (*p == ',')
        NumInputChoices++;
    }
    if (NumChoices==0)
      NumChoices = NumInputChoices;
    else if (NumChoices != NumInputChoices)
      llvm_unreachable("invalid constraints");
  }
  for (tree t = outputs; t; t = TREE_CHAIN(t)) {
    unsigned NumOutputChoices = 1;
    for (p = TREE_STRING_POINTER(TREE_VALUE(TREE_PURPOSE(t))); *p; p++) {
      if (*p == ',')
        NumOutputChoices++;
    }
    if (NumChoices==0)
      NumChoices = NumOutputChoices;
    else if (NumChoices != NumOutputChoices)
      llvm_unreachable("invalid constraints");
  }

  /// Constraints - The output/input constraints, concatenated together in array
  /// form instead of list form.
  const char **Constraints =
    (const char **)alloca((NumOutputs + NumInputs) * sizeof(const char *));

  // Process outputs.
  int ValNum = 0;
  for (tree Output = outputs; Output; Output = TREE_CHAIN(Output), ++ValNum) {
    tree Operand = TREE_VALUE(Output);
    tree type = TREE_TYPE(Operand);
    // If there's an erroneous arg, emit no insn.
    if (type == error_mark_node) return;

    // Parse the output constraint.
    const char *Constraint =
      TREE_STRING_POINTER(TREE_VALUE(TREE_PURPOSE(Output)));
    Constraints[ValNum] = Constraint;
  }
  // Process inputs.
  for (tree Input = inputs; Input; Input = TREE_CHAIN(Input),++ValNum) {
    tree Val = TREE_VALUE(Input);
    tree type = TREE_TYPE(Val);
    // If there's an erroneous arg, emit no insn.
    if (type == error_mark_node) return;

    const char *Constraint =
      TREE_STRING_POINTER(TREE_VALUE(TREE_PURPOSE(Input)));
    Constraints[ValNum] = Constraint;
  }

  // If there are multiple constraint tuples, pick one.  Constraints is
  // altered to point to shorter strings (which are malloc'ed), and everything
  // below Just Works as in the NumChoices==1 case.
  const char** ReplacementStrings = 0;
  if (NumChoices>1) {
    ReplacementStrings =
      (const char **)alloca((NumOutputs + NumInputs) * sizeof(const char *));
    ChooseConstraintTuple(Constraints, outputs, inputs, NumOutputs, NumInputs,
                          NumChoices, ReplacementStrings);
  }

  std::vector<Value*> CallOps;
  std::vector<const Type*> CallArgTypes;
  std::string NewAsmStr = ConvertInlineAsmStr(stmt, outputs, inputs, labels,
                                              NumOutputs+NumInputs);
  std::string ConstraintStr;

  // StoreCallResultAddr - The pointer to store the result of the call through.
  SmallVector<Value *, 4> StoreCallResultAddrs;
  SmallVector<const Type *, 4> CallResultTypes;
  SmallVector<bool, 4> CallResultIsSigned;
  SmallVector<tree, 4> CallResultSSANames;
  SmallVector<MemRef, 4> CallResultSSATemps;

  // Process outputs.
  ValNum = 0;
  for (tree Output = outputs; Output; Output = TREE_CHAIN(Output), ++ValNum) {
    tree Operand = TREE_VALUE(Output);

    // Parse the output constraint.
    const char *Constraint = Constraints[ValNum];
    bool IsInOut, AllowsReg, AllowsMem;
    if (!parse_output_constraint(&Constraint, ValNum, NumInputs, NumOutputs,
                                 &AllowsMem, &AllowsReg, &IsInOut)) {
      if (NumChoices>1)
        FreeConstTupleStrings(ReplacementStrings, NumInputs+NumOutputs);
      return;
    }
    assert(Constraint[0] == '=' && "Not an output constraint?");

    // Output constraints must be addressable if they aren't simple register
    // constraints (this emits "address of register var" errors, etc).
    if (!AllowsReg && (AllowsMem || IsInOut))
      mark_addressable(Operand);

    // Count the number of "+" constraints.
    if (IsInOut)
      ++NumInOut, ++NumInputs;

    std::string SimplifiedConstraint;
    // If this output register is pinned to a machine register, use that machine
    // register instead of the specified constraint.
    if (TREE_CODE(Operand) == VAR_DECL && DECL_HARD_REGISTER(Operand)) {
      const char* RegName = extractRegisterName(Operand);
      int RegNum = decode_reg_name(RegName);
      if (RegNum >= 0) {
        RegName = getConstraintRegNameFromGccTables(RegName, RegNum);
        unsigned RegNameLen = strlen(RegName);
        char *NewConstraint = (char*)alloca(RegNameLen+4);
        NewConstraint[0] = '=';
        NewConstraint[1] = '{';
        memcpy(NewConstraint+2, RegName, RegNameLen);
        NewConstraint[RegNameLen+2] = '}';
        NewConstraint[RegNameLen+3] = 0;
        SimplifiedConstraint = NewConstraint;
        // We should no longer consider mem constraints.
        AllowsMem = false;
      } else {
        // If we can simplify the constraint into something else, do so now.
        // This avoids LLVM having to know about all the (redundant) GCC
        // constraints.
        SimplifiedConstraint = CanonicalizeConstraint(Constraint+1);
      }
    } else {
      SimplifiedConstraint = CanonicalizeConstraint(Constraint+1);
    }

    LValue Dest;
    const Type *DestValTy;
    if (TREE_CODE(Operand) == SSA_NAME) {
      // The ASM is defining an ssa name.  Store the output to a temporary, then
      // load it out again later as the ssa name.
      DestValTy = ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(Operand));
      MemRef TmpLoc = CreateTempLoc(DestValTy);
      CallResultSSANames.push_back(Operand);
      CallResultSSATemps.push_back(TmpLoc);
      Dest = LValue(TmpLoc);
    } else {
      Dest = EmitLV(Operand);
      DestValTy = cast<PointerType>(Dest.Ptr->getType())->getElementType();
    }

    assert(!Dest.isBitfield() && "Cannot assign into a bitfield!");
    if (!AllowsMem && DestValTy->isSingleValueType()) {// Reg dest -> asm return
      StoreCallResultAddrs.push_back(Dest.Ptr);
      ConstraintStr += ",=";
      ConstraintStr += SimplifiedConstraint;
      CallResultTypes.push_back(DestValTy);
      CallResultIsSigned.push_back(!TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(Operand)));
    } else {
      ConstraintStr += ",=*";
      ConstraintStr += SimplifiedConstraint;
      CallOps.push_back(Dest.Ptr);
      CallArgTypes.push_back(Dest.Ptr->getType());
    }
  }

  // Process inputs.
  for (tree Input = inputs; Input; Input = TREE_CHAIN(Input),++ValNum) {
    tree Val = TREE_VALUE(Input);
    tree type = TREE_TYPE(Val);

    const char *Constraint = Constraints[ValNum];

    bool AllowsReg, AllowsMem;
    if (!parse_input_constraint(Constraints+ValNum, ValNum-NumOutputs,
                                NumInputs, NumOutputs, NumInOut,
                                Constraints, &AllowsMem, &AllowsReg)) {
      if (NumChoices>1)
        FreeConstTupleStrings(ReplacementStrings, NumInputs+NumOutputs);
      return;
    }
    bool isIndirect = false;
    if (AllowsReg || !AllowsMem) {    // Register operand.
      const Type *LLVMTy = ConvertType(type);

      Value *Op = 0;
      if (LLVMTy->isSingleValueType()) {
        if (TREE_CODE(Val)==ADDR_EXPR &&
            TREE_CODE(TREE_OPERAND(Val,0))==LABEL_DECL) {
          // Emit the label, but do not assume it is going to be the target
          // of an indirect branch.  Having this logic here is a hack; there
          // should be a bit in the label identifying it as in an asm.
          Op = getLabelDeclBlock(TREE_OPERAND(Val, 0));
        } else if (TREE_CODE(Val) == VAR_DECL && DECL_HARD_REGISTER(Val)) {
          // GCC special cases hard registers used as inputs to asm statements.
          // Emit an inline asm node that copies the value out of the specified
          // register.
          assert(canEmitRegisterVariable(Val) && "Cannot read hard register!");
          Op = EmitReadOfRegisterVariable(Val);
        } else {
          Op = EmitMemory(Val);
        }
      } else {
        LValue LV = EmitLV(Val);
        assert(!LV.isBitfield() && "Inline asm can't have bitfield operand");

        // Small structs and unions can be treated as integers.
        uint64_t TySize = TD.getTypeSizeInBits(LLVMTy);
        if (TySize == 1 || TySize == 8 || TySize == 16 ||
            TySize == 32 || TySize == 64 || (TySize == 128 && !AllowsMem)) {
          LLVMTy = IntegerType::get(Context, TySize);
          Op = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(LV.Ptr,
                                                        LLVMTy->getPointerTo()));
        } else {
          // Codegen only supports indirect operands with mem constraints.
          if (!AllowsMem)
            error_at(gimple_location(stmt),
                     "aggregate does not match inline asm register constraint");
          // Otherwise, emit our value as a lvalue.
          isIndirect = true;
          Op = LV.Ptr;
        }
      }

      const Type *OpTy = Op->getType();
      // If this input operand is matching an output operand, e.g. '0', check if
      // this is something that llvm supports. If the operand types are
      // different, then emit an error if 1) one of the types is not integer or
      // pointer, 2) if size of input type is larger than the output type. If
      // the size of the integer input size is smaller than the integer output
      // type, then cast it to the larger type and shift the value if the target
      // is big endian.
      if (ISDIGIT(Constraint[0])) {
        unsigned Match = atoi(Constraint);
        const Type *OTy = (Match < CallResultTypes.size())
          ? CallResultTypes[Match] : 0;
        if (OTy && OTy != OpTy) {
          if (!(OTy->isIntegerTy() || OTy->isPointerTy()) ||
              !(OpTy->isIntegerTy() || OpTy->isPointerTy())) {
            error_at(gimple_location(stmt),
                     "unsupported inline asm: input constraint with a matching "
                     "output constraint of incompatible type!");
            if (NumChoices>1)
              FreeConstTupleStrings(ReplacementStrings, NumInputs+NumOutputs);
            return;
          }
          unsigned OTyBits = TD.getTypeSizeInBits(OTy);
          unsigned OpTyBits = TD.getTypeSizeInBits(OpTy);
          if (OTyBits == 0 || OpTyBits == 0 || OTyBits < OpTyBits) {
            // It's tempting to implement the OTyBits < OpTyBits case by truncating
            // Op down to OTy, however that breaks in the case of an inline asm
            // constraint that corresponds to a single register, because the
            // user can write code that assumes the whole register is defined,
            // despite the output operand being only a subset of the register. For
            // example:
            //
            //   asm ("sarl $10, %%eax" : "=a"(c) : "0"(1000000));
            //
            // The expected behavior is for %eax to be fully defined with the value
            // 1000000 immediately before the asm.
            error_at(gimple_location(stmt),
                     "unsupported inline asm: input constraint with a matching "
                     "output constraint of incompatible type!");
            return;
          } else if (OTyBits > OpTyBits) {
            Op = CastToAnyType(Op, !TYPE_UNSIGNED(type),
                               OTy, CallResultIsSigned[Match]);
            if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) {
              Constant *ShAmt = ConstantInt::get(Op->getType(),
                                                 OTyBits-OpTyBits);
              Op = Builder.CreateLShr(Op, ShAmt);
            }
            OpTy = Op->getType();
          }
        }
      }

      CallOps.push_back(Op);
      CallArgTypes.push_back(OpTy);
    } else {                          // Memory operand.
      mark_addressable(TREE_VALUE(Input));
      isIndirect = true;
      LValue Src = EmitLV(Val);
      assert(!Src.isBitfield() && "Cannot read from a bitfield!");
      CallOps.push_back(Src.Ptr);
      CallArgTypes.push_back(Src.Ptr->getType());
    }

    ConstraintStr += ',';
    if (isIndirect)
      ConstraintStr += '*';

    // If this input register is pinned to a machine register, use that machine
    // register instead of the specified constraint.
    if (TREE_CODE(Val) == VAR_DECL && DECL_HARD_REGISTER(Val)) {
      const char *RegName = extractRegisterName(Val);
      int RegNum = decode_reg_name(RegName);
      if (RegNum >= 0) {
        RegName = getConstraintRegNameFromGccTables(RegName, RegNum);
        ConstraintStr += '{';
        ConstraintStr += RegName;
        ConstraintStr += '}';
        continue;
      }
    }

    // If there is a simpler form for the register constraint, use it.
    std::string Simplified = CanonicalizeConstraint(Constraint);
    ConstraintStr += Simplified;
  }

  // Process clobbers.

  // Some targets automatically clobber registers across an asm.
  tree Clobbers = targetm.md_asm_clobbers(outputs, inputs, clobbers);
  for (; Clobbers; Clobbers = TREE_CHAIN(Clobbers)) {
    const char *RegName = TREE_STRING_POINTER(TREE_VALUE(Clobbers));
    int RegCode = decode_reg_name(RegName);

    switch (RegCode) {
    case -1:     // Nothing specified?
    case -2:     // Invalid.
      error_at(gimple_location(stmt), "unknown register name %qs in %<asm%>",
               RegName);
      if (NumChoices>1)
        FreeConstTupleStrings(ReplacementStrings, NumInputs+NumOutputs);
      return;
    case -3:     // cc
      ConstraintStr += ",~{cc}";
      break;
    case -4:     // memory
      ConstraintStr += ",~{memory}";
      break;
    default:     // Normal register name.
      RegName = getConstraintRegNameFromGccTables(RegName, RegCode);
      ConstraintStr += ",~{";
      ConstraintStr += RegName;
      ConstraintStr += "}";
      break;
    }
  }

  const Type *CallResultType;
  switch (CallResultTypes.size()) {
  case 0: CallResultType = Type::getVoidTy(Context); break;
  case 1: CallResultType = CallResultTypes[0]; break;
  default:
    std::vector<const Type*> TmpVec(CallResultTypes.begin(),
                                    CallResultTypes.end());
    CallResultType = StructType::get(Context, TmpVec);
    break;
  }

  const FunctionType *FTy =
    FunctionType::get(CallResultType, CallArgTypes, false);

  // Remove the leading comma if we have operands.
  if (!ConstraintStr.empty())
    ConstraintStr.erase(ConstraintStr.begin());

  // Make sure we're created a valid inline asm expression.
  if (!InlineAsm::Verify(FTy, ConstraintStr)) {
    error_at(gimple_location(stmt), "Invalid or unsupported inline assembly!");
    if (NumChoices>1)
      FreeConstTupleStrings(ReplacementStrings, NumInputs+NumOutputs);
    return;
  }

  Value *Asm = InlineAsm::get(FTy, NewAsmStr, ConstraintStr,
                              gimple_asm_volatile_p(stmt) || !outputs);
  CallInst *CV = Builder.CreateCall(Asm, CallOps.begin(), CallOps.end(),
                                    CallResultTypes.empty() ? "" : "asmtmp");
  CV->setDoesNotThrow();

  // If the call produces a value, store it into the destination.
  if (StoreCallResultAddrs.size() == 1)
    Builder.CreateStore(CV, StoreCallResultAddrs[0]);
  else if (unsigned NumResults = StoreCallResultAddrs.size()) {
    for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumResults; ++i) {
      Value *ValI = Builder.CreateExtractValue(CV, i, "asmresult");
      Builder.CreateStore(ValI, StoreCallResultAddrs[i]);
    }
  }

  // If the call defined any ssa names, associate them with their value.
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = CallResultSSANames.size(); i != e; ++i) {
    tree Op = CallResultSSANames[i];
    Value *Val = LoadRegisterFromMemory(CallResultSSATemps[i], TREE_TYPE(Op),
                                        Builder);
    DefineSSAName(Op, Val);
  }

  // Give the backend a chance to upgrade the inline asm to LLVM code.  This
  // handles some common cases that LLVM has intrinsics for, e.g. x86 bswap ->
  // llvm.bswap.
  if (const TargetLowering *TLI = TheTarget->getTargetLowering())
    TLI->ExpandInlineAsm(CV);

  if (NumChoices>1)
    FreeConstTupleStrings(ReplacementStrings, NumInputs+NumOutputs);
}

void TreeToLLVM::RenderGIMPLE_ASSIGN(gimple stmt) {
  tree lhs = gimple_assign_lhs(stmt);
  if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P(TREE_TYPE(lhs))) {
    assert(get_gimple_rhs_class(gimple_expr_code(stmt)) == GIMPLE_SINGLE_RHS &&
           "Aggregate type but rhs not simple!");
    LValue LV = EmitLV(lhs);
    MemRef NewLoc(LV.Ptr, LV.getAlignment(), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE(lhs));
    EmitAggregate(gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt), NewLoc);
    return;
  }
  WriteScalarToLHS(lhs, EmitAssignRHS(stmt));
}

void TreeToLLVM::RenderGIMPLE_CALL(gimple stmt) {
  tree lhs = gimple_call_lhs(stmt);
  if (!lhs) {
    // The returned value is not used.
    if (!AGGREGATE_TYPE_P(gimple_call_return_type(stmt))) {
      OutputCallRHS(stmt, 0);
      return;
    }
    // Create a temporary to hold the returned value.
    // TODO: Figure out how to avoid creating this temporary and the
    // associated useless code that stores the returned value into it.
    MemRef Loc = CreateTempLoc(ConvertType(gimple_call_return_type(stmt)));
    OutputCallRHS(stmt, &Loc);
    return;
  }

  if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P(TREE_TYPE(lhs))) {
    LValue LV = EmitLV(lhs);
    MemRef NewLoc(LV.Ptr, LV.getAlignment(), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE(lhs));
    OutputCallRHS(stmt, &NewLoc);
    return;
  }
  WriteScalarToLHS(lhs, OutputCallRHS(stmt, 0));
}

void TreeToLLVM::RenderGIMPLE_COND(gimple stmt) {
  // Emit the comparison.
  Value *Cond = EmitCompare(gimple_cond_lhs(stmt), gimple_cond_rhs(stmt),
                            gimple_cond_code(stmt));

  // Extract the target basic blocks.
  edge true_edge, false_edge;
  extract_true_false_edges_from_block(gimple_bb(stmt), &true_edge, &false_edge);
  BasicBlock *IfTrue = getBasicBlock(true_edge->dest);
  BasicBlock *IfFalse = getBasicBlock(false_edge->dest);

  // Branch based on the condition.
  Builder.CreateCondBr(Cond, IfTrue, IfFalse);
}

void TreeToLLVM::RenderGIMPLE_GOTO(gimple stmt) {
  tree dest = gimple_goto_dest(stmt);

  if (TREE_CODE(dest) == LABEL_DECL) {
    // Direct branch.
    Builder.CreateBr(getLabelDeclBlock(dest));
    return;
  }

  // Indirect branch.
  basic_block source = gimple_bb(stmt);
  IndirectBrInst *Br = Builder.CreateIndirectBr(EmitRegister(dest),
                                                EDGE_COUNT(source->succs));

  // Add the list of possible destinations.
  edge e;
  edge_iterator ei;
  FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, source->succs)
    Br->addDestination(getBasicBlock(e->dest));
}

void TreeToLLVM::RenderGIMPLE_RESX(gimple stmt) {
  Builder.CreateUnwind(); // FIXME
//FIXME  int RegionNo = gimple_resx_region(stmt);
//FIXME  std::vector<eh_region> Handlers;
//FIXME
//FIXME  foreach_reachable_handler(RegionNo, true, false, AddHandler, &Handlers);
//FIXME
//FIXME  if (!Handlers.empty()) {
//FIXME    for (std::vector<eh_region>::iterator I = Handlers.begin(),
//FIXME         E = Handlers.end(); I != E; ++I)
//FIXME      // Create a post landing pad for the handler.
//FIXME      getPostPad(get_eh_region_number(*I));
//FIXME
//FIXME    Builder.CreateBr(getPostPad(get_eh_region_number(*Handlers.begin())));
//FIXME  } else {
//FIXME    assert(can_throw_external_1(RegionNo, true, false) &&
//FIXME           "Must-not-throw region handled by runtime?");
//FIXME    // Unwinding continues in the caller.
//FIXME    if (!UnwindBB)
//FIXME      UnwindBB = BasicBlock::Create(Context, "Unwind");
//FIXME    Builder.CreateBr(UnwindBB);
//FIXME  }
}

void TreeToLLVM::RenderGIMPLE_RETURN(gimple stmt) {
  tree retval = gimple_return_retval(stmt);
  tree result = DECL_RESULT(current_function_decl);

  if (retval && retval != error_mark_node && retval != result) {
    // Store the return value to the function's DECL_RESULT.
    MemRef DestLoc(DECL_LOCAL(result), 1, false); // FIXME: What alignment?
    if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P(TREE_TYPE(result))) {
      EmitAggregate(retval, DestLoc);
    } else {
      Value *Val = Builder.CreateBitCast(EmitRegister(retval),
                                         GetRegType(TREE_TYPE(result)));
      StoreRegisterToMemory(Val, DestLoc, TREE_TYPE(result), Builder);
    }
  }

  // Emit a branch to the exit label.
  Builder.CreateBr(ReturnBB);
}

void TreeToLLVM::RenderGIMPLE_SWITCH(gimple stmt) {
  // Emit the condition.
  Value *Index = EmitRegister(gimple_switch_index(stmt));
  bool IndexIsSigned = !TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(gimple_switch_index(stmt)));

  // Create the switch instruction.
  tree default_label = CASE_LABEL(gimple_switch_label(stmt, 0));
  SwitchInst *SI = Builder.CreateSwitch(Index, getLabelDeclBlock(default_label),
                                        gimple_switch_num_labels(stmt));

  // Add the switch cases.
  BasicBlock *IfBlock = 0; // Set if a range was output as an "if".
  for (size_t i = 1, e = gimple_switch_num_labels(stmt); i != e; ++i) {
    tree label = gimple_switch_label(stmt, i);
    BasicBlock *Dest = getLabelDeclBlock(CASE_LABEL(label));

    // Convert the integer to the right type.
    Value *Val = EmitRegister(CASE_LOW(label));
    Val = CastToAnyType(Val, !TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(CASE_LOW(label))),
                        Index->getType(), IndexIsSigned);
    ConstantInt *LowC = cast<ConstantInt>(Val);

    if (!CASE_HIGH(label)) {
      SI->addCase(LowC, Dest); // Single destination.
      continue;
    }

    // Otherwise, we have a range, like 'case 1 ... 17'.
    Val = EmitRegister(CASE_HIGH(label));
    // Make sure the case value is the same type as the switch expression
    Val = CastToAnyType(Val, !TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(CASE_HIGH(label))),
                        Index->getType(), IndexIsSigned);
    ConstantInt *HighC = cast<ConstantInt>(Val);

    APInt Range = HighC->getValue() - LowC->getValue();
    if (Range.ult(APInt(Range.getBitWidth(), 64))) {
      // Add all of the necessary successors to the switch.
      APInt CurrentValue = LowC->getValue();
      while (1) {
        SI->addCase(LowC, Dest);
        if (LowC == HighC) break;  // Emitted the last one.
        CurrentValue++;
        LowC = ConstantInt::get(Context, CurrentValue);
      }
    } else {
      // The range is too big to add to the switch - emit an "if".
      if (!IfBlock) {
        IfBlock = BasicBlock::Create(Context);
        BeginBlock(IfBlock);
      }
      Value *Diff = Builder.CreateSub(Index, LowC);
      Value *Cond = Builder.CreateICmpULE(Diff,
                                          ConstantInt::get(Context, Range));
      BasicBlock *False_Block = BasicBlock::Create(Context);
      Builder.CreateCondBr(Cond, Dest, False_Block);
      BeginBlock(False_Block);
    }
  }

  if (IfBlock) {
    Builder.CreateBr(SI->getDefaultDest());
    SI->setSuccessor(0, IfBlock);
  }
}


//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//                          ... Render helpers ...
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

/// EmitAssignRHS - Convert the RHS of a scalar GIMPLE_ASSIGN to LLVM.
Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitAssignRHS(gimple stmt) {
  // Loads from memory and other non-register expressions are handled by
  // EmitAssignSingleRHS.
  if (get_gimple_rhs_class(gimple_expr_code(stmt)) == GIMPLE_SINGLE_RHS) {
    Value *RHS = EmitAssignSingleRHS(gimple_assign_rhs1(stmt));
    assert(RHS->getType() == GetRegType(TREE_TYPE(gimple_assign_rhs1(stmt))) &&
           "RHS has wrong type!");
    return RHS;
  }

  // The RHS is a register expression.  Emit it now.
  tree type = TREE_TYPE(gimple_assign_lhs(stmt));
  tree_code code = gimple_assign_rhs_code(stmt);
  tree rhs1 = gimple_assign_rhs1(stmt);
  tree rhs2 = gimple_assign_rhs2(stmt);

  Value *RHS = 0;
  switch (code) {
  default:
    dump(stmt);
    llvm_unreachable("Unhandled GIMPLE assignment!");

  // Unary expressions.
  case ABS_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_ABS_EXPR(rhs1); break;
  case BIT_NOT_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_BIT_NOT_EXPR(rhs1); break;
  case CONJ_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_CONJ_EXPR(rhs1); break;
  case CONVERT_EXPR:
  case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
  case FLOAT_EXPR:
  case NOP_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_CONVERT_EXPR(type, rhs1); break;
  case NEGATE_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_NEGATE_EXPR(rhs1); break;
  case PAREN_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_PAREN_EXPR(rhs1); break;
  case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_TRUTH_NOT_EXPR(type, rhs1); break;

  // Comparisons.
  case EQ_EXPR:
  case GE_EXPR:
  case GT_EXPR:
  case LE_EXPR:
  case LT_EXPR:
  case LTGT_EXPR:
  case NE_EXPR:
  case ORDERED_EXPR:
  case UNEQ_EXPR:
  case UNGE_EXPR:
  case UNGT_EXPR:
  case UNLE_EXPR:
  case UNLT_EXPR:
  case UNORDERED_EXPR:
    // The GCC result may be of any integer type.
    RHS = Builder.CreateZExt(EmitCompare(rhs1, rhs2, code), GetRegType(type));
    break;

  // Binary expressions.
  case BIT_AND_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_BIT_AND_EXPR(rhs1, rhs2); break;
  case BIT_IOR_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_BIT_IOR_EXPR(rhs1, rhs2); break;
  case BIT_XOR_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_BIT_XOR_EXPR(rhs1, rhs2); break;
  case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_CEIL_DIV_EXPR(type, rhs1, rhs2); break;
  case COMPLEX_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_COMPLEX_EXPR(rhs1, rhs2); break;
  case EXACT_DIV_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_TRUNC_DIV_EXPR(rhs1, rhs2, /*isExact*/true); break;
  case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_FLOOR_DIV_EXPR(type, rhs1, rhs2); break;
  case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_FLOOR_MOD_EXPR(type, rhs1, rhs2); break;
  case LROTATE_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_RotateOp(type, rhs1, rhs2, Instruction::Shl,
                           Instruction::LShr);
    break;
  case LSHIFT_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_ShiftOp(rhs1, rhs2, Instruction::Shl); break;
  case MAX_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_MinMaxExpr(type, rhs1, rhs2, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE,
                             ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE, true);
    break;
  case MIN_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_MinMaxExpr(type, rhs1, rhs2, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE,
                             ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE, false);
    break;
  case MINUS_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_MINUS_EXPR(rhs1, rhs2); break;
  case MULT_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_MULT_EXPR(rhs1, rhs2); break;
  case PLUS_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_PLUS_EXPR(rhs1, rhs2); break;
  case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_POINTER_PLUS_EXPR(type, rhs1, rhs2); break;
  case RDIV_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_RDIV_EXPR(rhs1, rhs2); break;
  case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_ROUND_DIV_EXPR(type, rhs1, rhs2); break;
  case RROTATE_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_RotateOp(type, rhs1, rhs2, Instruction::LShr,
                           Instruction::Shl);
    break;
  case RSHIFT_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_ShiftOp(rhs1, rhs2, TYPE_UNSIGNED(type) ?
                          Instruction::LShr : Instruction::AShr);
    break;
  case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_TRUNC_DIV_EXPR(rhs1, rhs2, /*isExact*/false); break;
  case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_TRUNC_MOD_EXPR(rhs1, rhs2); break;
  case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_TruthOp(type, rhs1, rhs2, Instruction::And); break;
  case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_TruthOp(type, rhs1, rhs2, Instruction::Or); break;
  case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
    RHS = EmitReg_TruthOp(type, rhs1, rhs2, Instruction::Xor); break;
  }

  assert(RHS->getType() == GetRegType(type) && "RHS has wrong type!");
  return RHS;
}

/// EmitAssignSingleRHS - Helper for EmitAssignRHS.  Handles those RHS that are
/// not register expressions.
Value *TreeToLLVM::EmitAssignSingleRHS(tree rhs) {
  assert(!AGGREGATE_TYPE_P(TREE_TYPE(rhs)) && "Expected a scalar type!");

  switch (TREE_CODE(rhs)) {
  // Catch-all for SSA names, constants etc.
  default: return EmitRegister(rhs);

  // Expressions (tcc_expression).
  case ADDR_EXPR:    return EmitADDR_EXPR(rhs);
  case OBJ_TYPE_REF: return EmitOBJ_TYPE_REF(rhs);

  // Exceptional (tcc_exceptional).
  case CONSTRUCTOR:
    // Vector constant constructors are gimple invariant.
    return is_gimple_constant(rhs) ?
      EmitRegisterConstant(rhs) : EmitCONSTRUCTOR(rhs, 0);

  // References (tcc_reference).
  case ARRAY_REF:
  case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
  case BIT_FIELD_REF:
  case COMPONENT_REF:
  case IMAGPART_EXPR:
  case INDIRECT_REF:
  case REALPART_EXPR:
  case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
    return EmitLoadOfLValue(rhs); // Load from memory.

  // Declarations (tcc_declaration).
  case PARM_DECL:
  case RESULT_DECL:
  case VAR_DECL:
    return EmitLoadOfLValue(rhs); // Load from memory.

  // Constants (tcc_constant).
  case STRING_CST:
    return EmitLoadOfLValue(rhs); // Load from memory.
  }
}

/// OutputCallRHS - Convert the RHS of a GIMPLE_CALL.
Value *TreeToLLVM::OutputCallRHS(gimple stmt, const MemRef *DestLoc) {
  // Check for a built-in function call.  If we can lower it directly, do so
  // now.
  tree fndecl = gimple_call_fndecl(stmt);
  if (fndecl && DECL_BUILT_IN(fndecl) &&
      DECL_BUILT_IN_CLASS(fndecl) != BUILT_IN_FRONTEND) {
    Value *Res = 0;
    if (EmitBuiltinCall(stmt, fndecl, DestLoc, Res))
      return Res ? Mem2Reg(Res, gimple_call_return_type(stmt), Builder) : 0;
  }

  tree call_expr = gimple_call_fn(stmt);
  assert(TREE_TYPE (call_expr) &&
         (TREE_CODE(TREE_TYPE (call_expr)) == POINTER_TYPE ||
          TREE_CODE(TREE_TYPE (call_expr)) == REFERENCE_TYPE)
         && "Not calling a function pointer?");

  tree function_type = TREE_TYPE(TREE_TYPE (call_expr));
  Value *Callee = EmitRegister(call_expr);
  CallingConv::ID CallingConv;
  AttrListPtr PAL;

  const Type *Ty =
    TheTypeConverter->ConvertFunctionType(function_type,
                                          fndecl,
                                          gimple_call_chain(stmt),
                                          CallingConv, PAL);

  // If this is a direct call to a function using a static chain then we need
  // to ensure the function type is the one just calculated: it has an extra
  // parameter for the chain.
  Callee = Builder.CreateBitCast(Callee, Ty->getPointerTo());

  Value *Result = EmitCallOf(Callee, stmt, DestLoc, PAL);

  // When calling a "noreturn" function output an unreachable instruction right
  // after the function to prevent LLVM from thinking that control flow will
  // fall into the subsequent block.
  if (gimple_call_flags(stmt) & ECF_NORETURN) {
    Builder.CreateUnreachable();
    BeginBlock(BasicBlock::Create(Context));
  }

  return Result ? Mem2Reg(Result, gimple_call_return_type(stmt), Builder) : 0;
}

/// WriteScalarToLHS - Store RHS, a non-aggregate value, into the given LHS.
void TreeToLLVM::WriteScalarToLHS(tree lhs, Value *RHS) {
  // Perform a useless type conversion (useless_type_conversion_p).
  RHS = UselesslyTypeConvert(RHS, GetRegType(TREE_TYPE(lhs)));

  // If this is the definition of an ssa name, record it in the SSANames map.
  if (TREE_CODE(lhs) == SSA_NAME) {
    if (flag_verbose_asm)
      NameValue(RHS, lhs);
    DefineSSAName(lhs, RHS);
    return;
  }

  if (canEmitRegisterVariable(lhs)) {
    // If this is a store to a register variable, EmitLV can't handle the dest
    // (there is no l-value of a register variable).  Emit an inline asm node
    // that copies the value into the specified register.
    EmitModifyOfRegisterVariable(lhs, RHS);
    return;
  }

  LValue LV = EmitLV(lhs);
  LV.Volatile = TREE_THIS_VOLATILE(lhs);
  // TODO: Arrange for Volatile to already be set in the LValue.
  if (!LV.isBitfield()) {
    // Non-bitfield, scalar value.  Just emit a store.
    StoreRegisterToMemory(RHS, LV, TREE_TYPE(lhs), Builder);
    return;
  }

  // Last case, this is a store to a bitfield, so we have to emit a
  // read/modify/write sequence.

  if (!LV.BitSize)
    return;

  unsigned Alignment = LV.getAlignment();

  const Type *ValTy = cast<PointerType>(LV.Ptr->getType())->getElementType();
  unsigned ValSizeInBits = ValTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();

  // The number of stores needed to write the entire bitfield.
  unsigned Strides = 1 + (LV.BitStart + LV.BitSize - 1) / ValSizeInBits;

  assert(ValTy->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid bitfield lvalue!");
  assert(ValSizeInBits > LV.BitStart && "Bad bitfield lvalue!");
  assert(ValSizeInBits >= LV.BitSize && "Bad bitfield lvalue!");
  assert(2*ValSizeInBits > LV.BitSize+LV.BitStart && "Bad bitfield lvalue!");

  bool Signed = !TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(lhs));
  RHS = CastToAnyType(RHS, Signed, ValTy, Signed);

  for (unsigned I = 0; I < Strides; I++) {
    unsigned Index = BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN ? Strides - I - 1 : I; // LSB first
    unsigned ThisFirstBit = Index * ValSizeInBits;
    unsigned ThisLastBitPlusOne = ThisFirstBit + ValSizeInBits;
    if (ThisFirstBit < LV.BitStart)
      ThisFirstBit = LV.BitStart;
    if (ThisLastBitPlusOne > LV.BitStart+LV.BitSize)
      ThisLastBitPlusOne = LV.BitStart+LV.BitSize;

    Value *Ptr = Index ?
      Builder.CreateGEP(LV.Ptr, ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Context), Index)) :
      LV.Ptr;
    LoadInst *LI = Builder.CreateLoad(Ptr, LV.Volatile);
    LI->setAlignment(Alignment);
    Value *OldVal = LI;
    Value *NewVal = RHS;

    unsigned BitsInVal = ThisLastBitPlusOne - ThisFirstBit;
    unsigned FirstBitInVal = ThisFirstBit % ValSizeInBits;

    if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
      FirstBitInVal = ValSizeInBits-FirstBitInVal-BitsInVal;

    // If not storing into the zero'th bit, shift the Src value to the left.
    if (FirstBitInVal) {
      Value *ShAmt = ConstantInt::get(ValTy, FirstBitInVal);
      NewVal = Builder.CreateShl(NewVal, ShAmt);
    }

    // Next, if this doesn't touch the top bit, mask out any bits that shouldn't
    // be set in the result.
    uint64_t MaskVal = ((1ULL << BitsInVal)-1) << FirstBitInVal;
    Constant *Mask = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt64Ty(Context), MaskVal);
    Mask = Builder.getFolder().CreateTruncOrBitCast(Mask, ValTy);

    if (FirstBitInVal+BitsInVal != ValSizeInBits)
      NewVal = Builder.CreateAnd(NewVal, Mask);

    // Next, mask out the bits this bit-field should include from the old value.
    Mask = Builder.getFolder().CreateNot(Mask);
    OldVal = Builder.CreateAnd(OldVal, Mask);

    // Finally, merge the two together and store it.
    NewVal = Builder.CreateOr(OldVal, NewVal);

    StoreInst *SI = Builder.CreateStore(NewVal, Ptr, LV.Volatile);
    SI->setAlignment(Alignment);

    if (I + 1 < Strides) {
      Value *ShAmt = ConstantInt::get(ValTy, BitsInVal);
      RHS = Builder.CreateLShr(RHS, ShAmt);
    }
  }
}


//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//                       ... Constant Expressions ...
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

Constant *TreeConstantToLLVM::Convert(tree exp) {
  assert((TREE_CONSTANT(exp) || TREE_CODE(exp) == STRING_CST) &&
         "Isn't a constant!");
  switch (TREE_CODE(exp)) {
  case FDESC_EXPR:    // Needed on itanium
  default:
    debug_tree(exp);
    assert(0 && "Unknown constant to convert!");
    abort();
  case INTEGER_CST:   return ConvertINTEGER_CST(exp);
  case REAL_CST:      return ConvertREAL_CST(exp);
  case VECTOR_CST:    return ConvertVECTOR_CST(exp);
  case STRING_CST:    return ConvertSTRING_CST(exp);
  case COMPLEX_CST:   return ConvertCOMPLEX_CST(exp);
  case NOP_EXPR:      return ConvertNOP_EXPR(exp);
  case CONVERT_EXPR:  return ConvertCONVERT_EXPR(exp);
  case PLUS_EXPR:
  case MINUS_EXPR:    return ConvertBinOp_CST(exp);
  case CONSTRUCTOR:   return ConvertCONSTRUCTOR(exp);
  case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR: return Convert(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 0));
  case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR: return ConvertPOINTER_PLUS_EXPR(exp);
  case ADDR_EXPR:
    return TheFolder->CreateBitCast(EmitLV(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 0)),
                                    ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp)));
  }
}

Constant *TreeConstantToLLVM::ConvertINTEGER_CST(tree exp) {
  const Type *Ty = ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp));

  // Handle i128 specially.
  if (const IntegerType *IT = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(Ty)) {
    if (IT->getBitWidth() == 128) {
      // GCC only supports i128 on 64-bit systems.
      assert(HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64 &&
             "i128 only supported on 64-bit system");
      uint64_t Bits[] = { TREE_INT_CST_LOW(exp), TREE_INT_CST_HIGH(exp) };
      return ConstantInt::get(Context, APInt(128, 2, Bits));
    }
  }

  // Build the value as a ulong constant, then constant fold it to the right
  // type.  This handles overflow and other things appropriately.
  uint64_t IntValue = getINTEGER_CSTVal(exp);
  ConstantInt *C = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt64Ty(Context), IntValue);
  // The destination type can be a pointer, integer or floating point
  // so we need a generalized cast here
  Instruction::CastOps opcode = CastInst::getCastOpcode(C, false, Ty,
      !TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(exp)));
  return TheFolder->CreateCast(opcode, C, Ty);
}

Constant *TreeConstantToLLVM::ConvertREAL_CST(tree exp) {
  const Type *Ty = ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp));
  assert(Ty->isFloatingPointTy() && "Integer REAL_CST?");
  long RealArr[2];
  union {
    int UArr[2];
    double V;
  };
  if (Ty->isFloatTy() || Ty->isDoubleTy()) {
    REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE(TREE_REAL_CST(exp), RealArr);

    // Here's how this works:
    // REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE() will generate the floating point number
    // as an array of integers in the target's representation.  Each integer
    // in the array will hold 32 bits of the result REGARDLESS OF THE HOST'S
    // INTEGER SIZE.
    //
    // This, then, makes the conversion pretty simple.  The tricky part is
    // getting the byte ordering correct and make sure you don't print any
    // more than 32 bits per integer on platforms with ints > 32 bits.
    //
    // We want to switch the words of UArr if host and target endianness
    // do not match.  FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN describes the target endianness.
    // The host's used to be available in HOST_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN, but the gcc
    // maintainers removed this in a fit of cleanliness between 4.0
    // and 4.2. llvm::sys has a substitute.

    UArr[0] = RealArr[0];   // Long -> int convert
    UArr[1] = RealArr[1];

    if (llvm::sys::isBigEndianHost() != FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
      std::swap(UArr[0], UArr[1]);

    return
      ConstantFP::get(Context, Ty->isFloatTy() ? APFloat((float)V) : APFloat(V));
  } else if (Ty->isX86_FP80Ty()) {
    long RealArr[4];
    uint64_t UArr[2];
    REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE(TREE_REAL_CST(exp), RealArr);
    UArr[0] = ((uint64_t)((uint32_t)RealArr[0])) |
              ((uint64_t)((uint32_t)RealArr[1]) << 32);
    UArr[1] = (uint16_t)RealArr[2];
    return ConstantFP::get(Context, APFloat(APInt(80, 2, UArr)));
  } else if (Ty->isPPC_FP128Ty()) {
    long RealArr[4];
    uint64_t UArr[2];
    REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE(TREE_REAL_CST(exp), RealArr);

    UArr[0] = ((uint64_t)((uint32_t)RealArr[0]) << 32) |
              ((uint64_t)((uint32_t)RealArr[1]));
    UArr[1] = ((uint64_t)((uint32_t)RealArr[2]) << 32) |
              ((uint64_t)((uint32_t)RealArr[3]));
    return ConstantFP::get(Context, APFloat(APInt(128, 2, UArr)));
  }
  assert(0 && "Floating point type not handled yet");
  return 0;   // outwit compiler warning
}

Constant *TreeConstantToLLVM::ConvertVECTOR_CST(tree exp) {
  if (!TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS(exp))
    return Constant::getNullValue(ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp)));

  std::vector<Constant*> Elts;
  for (tree elt = TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS(exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN(elt))
    Elts.push_back(Convert(TREE_VALUE(elt)));

  // The vector should be zero filled if insufficient elements are provided.
  if (Elts.size() < TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS(TREE_TYPE(exp))) {
    tree EltType = TREE_TYPE(TREE_TYPE(exp));
    Constant *Zero = Constant::getNullValue(ConvertType(EltType));
    while (Elts.size() < TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS(TREE_TYPE(exp)))
      Elts.push_back(Zero);
  }

  return ConstantVector::get(Elts);
}

Constant *TreeConstantToLLVM::ConvertSTRING_CST(tree exp) {
  const ArrayType *StrTy = cast<ArrayType>(ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp)));
  const Type *ElTy = StrTy->getElementType();

  unsigned Len = (unsigned)TREE_STRING_LENGTH(exp);

  std::vector<Constant*> Elts;
  if (ElTy->isIntegerTy(8)) {
    const unsigned char *InStr =(const unsigned char *)TREE_STRING_POINTER(exp);
    for (unsigned i = 0; i != Len; ++i)
      Elts.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt8Ty(Context), InStr[i]));
  } else if (ElTy->isIntegerTy(16)) {
    assert((Len&1) == 0 &&
           "Length in bytes should be a multiple of element size");
    const uint16_t *InStr =
      (const unsigned short *)TREE_STRING_POINTER(exp);
    for (unsigned i = 0; i != Len/2; ++i) {
      // gcc has constructed the initializer elements in the target endianness,
      // but we're going to treat them as ordinary shorts from here, with
      // host endianness.  Adjust if necessary.
      if (llvm::sys::isBigEndianHost() == BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
        Elts.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt16Ty(Context), InStr[i]));
      else
        Elts.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt16Ty(Context),
                                        ByteSwap_16(InStr[i])));
    }
  } else if (ElTy->isIntegerTy(32)) {
    assert((Len&3) == 0 &&
           "Length in bytes should be a multiple of element size");
    const uint32_t *InStr = (const uint32_t *)TREE_STRING_POINTER(exp);
    for (unsigned i = 0; i != Len/4; ++i) {
      // gcc has constructed the initializer elements in the target endianness,
      // but we're going to treat them as ordinary ints from here, with
      // host endianness.  Adjust if necessary.
      if (llvm::sys::isBigEndianHost() == BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
        Elts.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Context), InStr[i]));
      else
        Elts.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Context),
                                        ByteSwap_32(InStr[i])));
    }
  } else {
    assert(0 && "Unknown character type!");
  }

  unsigned LenInElts = Len /
          TREE_INT_CST_LOW(TYPE_SIZE_UNIT(TREE_TYPE(TREE_TYPE(exp))));
  unsigned ConstantSize = StrTy->getNumElements();

  if (LenInElts != ConstantSize) {
    // If this is a variable sized array type, set the length to LenInElts.
    if (ConstantSize == 0) {
      tree Domain = TYPE_DOMAIN(TREE_TYPE(exp));
      if (!Domain || !TYPE_MAX_VALUE(Domain)) {
        ConstantSize = LenInElts;
        StrTy = ArrayType::get(ElTy, LenInElts);
      }
    }

    if (ConstantSize < LenInElts) {
      // Only some chars are being used, truncate the string: char X[2] = "foo";
      Elts.resize(ConstantSize);
    } else {
      // Fill the end of the string with nulls.
      Constant *C = Constant::getNullValue(ElTy);
      for (; LenInElts != ConstantSize; ++LenInElts)
        Elts.push_back(C);
    }
  }
  return ConstantArray::get(StrTy, Elts);
}

Constant *TreeConstantToLLVM::ConvertCOMPLEX_CST(tree exp) {
  Constant *Elts[2] = {
    Convert(TREE_REALPART(exp)),
    Convert(TREE_IMAGPART(exp))
  };
  return ConstantStruct::get(Context, Elts, 2, false);
}

Constant *TreeConstantToLLVM::ConvertNOP_EXPR(tree exp) {
  Constant *Elt = Convert(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 0));
  const Type *Ty = ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp));
  bool EltIsSigned = !TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 0)));
  bool TyIsSigned = !TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(exp));

  // If this is a structure-to-structure cast, just return the uncasted value.
  if (!Elt->getType()->isSingleValueType() || !Ty->isSingleValueType())
    return Elt;

  // Elt and Ty can be integer, float or pointer here: need generalized cast
  Instruction::CastOps opcode = CastInst::getCastOpcode(Elt, EltIsSigned,
                                                        Ty, TyIsSigned);
  return TheFolder->CreateCast(opcode, Elt, Ty);
}

Constant *TreeConstantToLLVM::ConvertCONVERT_EXPR(tree exp) {
  Constant *Elt = Convert(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 0));
  bool EltIsSigned = !TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 0)));
  const Type *Ty = ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp));
  bool TyIsSigned = !TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(exp));
  Instruction::CastOps opcode = CastInst::getCastOpcode(Elt, EltIsSigned, Ty,
                                                        TyIsSigned);
  return TheFolder->CreateCast(opcode, Elt, Ty);
}

Constant *TreeConstantToLLVM::ConvertPOINTER_PLUS_EXPR(tree exp) {
  Constant *Ptr = Convert(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 0)); // The pointer.
  Constant *Idx = Convert(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 1)); // The offset in bytes.

  // Convert the pointer into an i8* and add the offset to it.
  Ptr = TheFolder->CreateBitCast(Ptr, Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context));
  Constant *GEP = POINTER_TYPE_OVERFLOW_UNDEFINED ?
    TheFolder->CreateInBoundsGetElementPtr(Ptr, &Idx, 1) :
    TheFolder->CreateGetElementPtr(Ptr, &Idx, 1);

  // The result may be of a different pointer type.
  return TheFolder->CreateBitCast(GEP, ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp)));
}

Constant *TreeConstantToLLVM::ConvertBinOp_CST(tree exp) {
  Constant *LHS = Convert(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 0));
  bool LHSIsSigned = !TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(TREE_OPERAND(exp,0)));
  Constant *RHS = Convert(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 1));
  bool RHSIsSigned = !TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(TREE_OPERAND(exp,1)));
  Instruction::CastOps opcode;
  if (LHS->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
    const Type *IntPtrTy = getTargetData().getIntPtrType(Context);
    opcode = CastInst::getCastOpcode(LHS, LHSIsSigned, IntPtrTy, false);
    LHS = TheFolder->CreateCast(opcode, LHS, IntPtrTy);
    opcode = CastInst::getCastOpcode(RHS, RHSIsSigned, IntPtrTy, false);
    RHS = TheFolder->CreateCast(opcode, RHS, IntPtrTy);
  }

  Constant *Result;
  switch (TREE_CODE(exp)) {
  default: assert(0 && "Unexpected case!");
  case PLUS_EXPR:   Result = TheFolder->CreateAdd(LHS, RHS); break;
  case MINUS_EXPR:  Result = TheFolder->CreateSub(LHS, RHS); break;
  }

  const Type *Ty = ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp));
  bool TyIsSigned = !TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(exp));
  opcode = CastInst::getCastOpcode(Result, LHSIsSigned, Ty, TyIsSigned);
  return TheFolder->CreateCast(opcode, Result, Ty);
}

Constant *TreeConstantToLLVM::ConvertCONSTRUCTOR(tree exp) {
  // Please note, that we can have empty ctor, even if array is non-trivial (has
  // nonzero number of entries). This situation is typical for static ctors,
  // when array is filled during program initialization.
  if (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS(exp) == 0 ||
      VEC_length(constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS(exp)) == 0)  // All zeros?
    return Constant::getNullValue(ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp)));

  switch (TREE_CODE(TREE_TYPE(exp))) {
  default:
    debug_tree(exp);
    assert(0 && "Unknown ctor!");
  case VECTOR_TYPE:
  case ARRAY_TYPE:  return ConvertArrayCONSTRUCTOR(exp);
  case RECORD_TYPE: return ConvertRecordCONSTRUCTOR(exp);
  case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
  case UNION_TYPE:  return ConvertUnionCONSTRUCTOR(exp);
  }
}

Constant *TreeConstantToLLVM::ConvertArrayCONSTRUCTOR(tree exp) {
  // Vectors are like arrays, but the domain is stored via an array
  // type indirectly.

  // If we have a lower bound for the range of the type, get it.
  tree init_type = TREE_TYPE(exp);
  tree min_element = size_zero_node;
  std::vector<Constant*> ResultElts;

  if (TREE_CODE(init_type) == VECTOR_TYPE) {
    ResultElts.resize(TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS(init_type));
  } else {
    assert(TREE_CODE(init_type) == ARRAY_TYPE && "Unknown type for init");
    tree Domain = TYPE_DOMAIN(init_type);
    if (Domain && TYPE_MIN_VALUE(Domain))
      min_element = fold_convert(sizetype, TYPE_MIN_VALUE(Domain));

    if (Domain && TYPE_MAX_VALUE(Domain)) {
      tree max_element = fold_convert(sizetype, TYPE_MAX_VALUE(Domain));
      tree size = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, max_element, min_element);
      size = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, size, size_one_node);

      if (host_integerp(size, 1))
        ResultElts.resize(tree_low_cst(size, 1));
    }
  }

  unsigned NextFieldToFill = 0;
  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
  tree elt_index, elt_value;
  Constant *SomeVal = 0;
  FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), ix, elt_index, elt_value) {
    // Find and decode the constructor's value.
    Constant *Val = Convert(elt_value);
    SomeVal = Val;

    // Get the index position of the element within the array.  Note that this
    // can be NULL_TREE, which means that it belongs in the next available slot.
    tree index = elt_index;

    // The first and last field to fill in, inclusive.
    unsigned FieldOffset, FieldLastOffset;
    if (index && TREE_CODE(index) == RANGE_EXPR) {
      tree first = fold_convert (sizetype, TREE_OPERAND(index, 0));
      tree last  = fold_convert (sizetype, TREE_OPERAND(index, 1));

      first = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, first, min_element);
      last  = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, last, min_element);

      assert(host_integerp(first, 1) && host_integerp(last, 1) &&
             "Unknown range_expr!");
      FieldOffset     = tree_low_cst(first, 1);
      FieldLastOffset = tree_low_cst(last, 1);
    } else if (index) {
      index = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, fold_convert (sizetype, index),
                          min_element);
      assert(host_integerp(index, 1));
      FieldOffset = tree_low_cst(index, 1);
      FieldLastOffset = FieldOffset;
    } else {
      FieldOffset = NextFieldToFill;
      FieldLastOffset = FieldOffset;
    }

    // Process all of the elements in the range.
    for (--FieldOffset; FieldOffset != FieldLastOffset; ) {
      ++FieldOffset;
      if (FieldOffset == ResultElts.size())
        ResultElts.push_back(Val);
      else {
        if (FieldOffset >= ResultElts.size())
          ResultElts.resize(FieldOffset+1);
        ResultElts[FieldOffset] = Val;
      }

      NextFieldToFill = FieldOffset+1;
    }
  }

  // Zero length array.
  if (ResultElts.empty())
    return Constant::getNullValue(ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp)));
  assert(SomeVal && "If we had some initializer, we should have some value!");

  // Do a post-pass over all of the elements.  We're taking care of two things
  // here:
  //   #1. If any elements did not have initializers specified, provide them
  //       with a null init.
  //   #2. If any of the elements have different types, return a struct instead
  //       of an array.  This can occur in cases where we have an array of
  //       unions, and the various unions had different pieces init'd.
  const Type *ElTy = SomeVal->getType();
  Constant *Filler = Constant::getNullValue(ElTy);
  bool AllEltsSameType = true;
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = ResultElts.size(); i != e; ++i) {
    if (ResultElts[i] == 0)
      ResultElts[i] = Filler;
    else if (ResultElts[i]->getType() != ElTy)
      AllEltsSameType = false;
  }

  if (TREE_CODE(init_type) == VECTOR_TYPE) {
    assert(AllEltsSameType && "Vector of heterogeneous element types?");
    return ConstantVector::get(ResultElts);
  }

  Constant *Res = AllEltsSameType ?
    ConstantArray::get(ArrayType::get(ElTy, ResultElts.size()), ResultElts) :
    ConstantStruct::get(Context, ResultElts, false);

  // If the array does not require extra padding, return it.
  const Type *InitType = ConvertType(init_type);
  uint64_t ExpectedBits = getTargetData().getTypeAllocSizeInBits(InitType);
  uint64_t FoundBits = getTargetData().getTypeAllocSizeInBits(Res->getType());
  // The initializer may be bigger than the type if init_type is variable sized
  // or has no size (in which case the size is determined by the initial value).
  if (ExpectedBits <= FoundBits)
    return Res;

  // Wrap the array in a struct with padding at the end.
  Constant *PadElts[2];
  PadElts[0] = Res;
  PadElts[1] = UndefValue::get(ArrayType::get(Type::getInt8Ty(Context),
                                              (ExpectedBits - FoundBits) / 8));
  return ConstantStruct::get(Context, PadElts, 2, false);
}


namespace {
/// ConstantLayoutInfo - A helper class used by ConvertRecordCONSTRUCTOR to
/// lay out struct inits.
struct ConstantLayoutInfo {
  const TargetData &TD;

  /// ResultElts - The initializer elements so far.
  std::vector<Constant*> ResultElts;

  /// StructIsPacked - This is set to true if we find out that we have to emit
  /// the ConstantStruct as a Packed LLVM struct type (because the LLVM
  /// alignment rules would prevent laying out the struct correctly).
  bool StructIsPacked;

  /// NextFieldByteStart - This field indicates the *byte* that the next field
  /// will start at.  Put another way, this is the size of the struct as
  /// currently laid out, but without any tail padding considered.
  uint64_t NextFieldByteStart;

  /// MaxLLVMFieldAlignment - This is the largest alignment of any IR field,
  /// which is the alignment that the ConstantStruct will get.
  unsigned MaxLLVMFieldAlignment;


  ConstantLayoutInfo(const TargetData &TD) : TD(TD) {
    StructIsPacked = false;
    NextFieldByteStart = 0;
    MaxLLVMFieldAlignment = 1;
  }

  void ConvertToPacked();
  void AddFieldToRecordConstant(Constant *Val, uint64_t GCCFieldOffsetInBits);
  void AddBitFieldToRecordConstant(ConstantInt *Val,
                                   uint64_t GCCFieldOffsetInBits);
  void HandleTailPadding(uint64_t GCCStructBitSize);
};

}

/// ConvertToPacked - Given a partially constructed initializer for a LLVM
/// struct constant, change it to make all the implicit padding between elements
/// be fully explicit.
void ConstantLayoutInfo::ConvertToPacked() {
  assert(!StructIsPacked && "Struct is already packed");
  uint64_t EltOffs = 0;
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = ResultElts.size(); i != e; ++i) {
    Constant *Val = ResultElts[i];

    // Check to see if this element has an alignment that would cause it to get
    // offset.  If so, insert explicit padding for the offset.
    unsigned ValAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Val->getType());
    uint64_t AlignedEltOffs = TargetData::RoundUpAlignment(EltOffs, ValAlign);

    // If the alignment doesn't affect the element offset, then the value is ok.
    // Accept the field and keep moving.
    if (AlignedEltOffs == EltOffs) {
      EltOffs += TD.getTypeAllocSize(Val->getType());
      continue;
    }

    // Otherwise, there is padding here.  Insert explicit zeros.
    const Type *PadTy = Type::getInt8Ty(Context);
    if (AlignedEltOffs-EltOffs != 1)
      PadTy = ArrayType::get(PadTy, AlignedEltOffs-EltOffs);
    ResultElts.insert(ResultElts.begin()+i,
                      Constant::getNullValue(PadTy));

    // The padding is now element "i" and just bumped us up to "AlignedEltOffs".
    EltOffs = AlignedEltOffs;
    ++e;  // One extra element to scan.
  }

  // Packed now!
  MaxLLVMFieldAlignment = 1;
  StructIsPacked = true;
}


/// AddFieldToRecordConstant - As ConvertRecordCONSTRUCTOR builds up an LLVM
/// constant to represent a GCC CONSTRUCTOR node, it calls this method to add
/// fields.  The design of this is that it adds leading/trailing padding as
/// needed to make the piece fit together and honor the GCC layout.  This does
/// not handle bitfields.
///
/// The arguments are:
///   Val: The value to add to the struct, with a size that matches the size of
///        the corresponding GCC field.
///   GCCFieldOffsetInBits: The offset that we have to put Val in the result.
///
void ConstantLayoutInfo::
AddFieldToRecordConstant(Constant *Val, uint64_t GCCFieldOffsetInBits) {
  // Figure out how to add this non-bitfield value to our constant struct so
  // that it ends up at the right offset.  There are four cases we have to
  // think about:
  //   1. We may be able to just slap it onto the end of our struct and have
  //      everything be ok.
  //   2. We may have to insert explicit padding into the LLVM struct to get
  //      the initializer over into the right space.  This is needed when the
  //      GCC field has a larger alignment than the LLVM field.
  //   3. The LLVM field may be too far over and we may be forced to convert
  //      this to an LLVM packed struct.  This is required when the LLVM
  //      alignment is larger than the GCC alignment.
  //   4. We may have a bitfield that needs to be merged into a previous
  //      field.
  // Start by determining which case we have by looking at where LLVM and GCC
  // would place the field.

  // Verified that we haven't already laid out bytes that will overlap with
  // this new field.
  assert(NextFieldByteStart*8 <= GCCFieldOffsetInBits &&
         "Overlapping LLVM fields!");

  // Compute the offset the field would get if we just stuck 'Val' onto the
  // end of our structure right now.  It is NextFieldByteStart rounded up to
  // the LLVM alignment of Val's type.
  unsigned ValLLVMAlign = 1;

  if (!StructIsPacked) { // Packed structs ignore the alignment of members.
    ValLLVMAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Val->getType());
    MaxLLVMFieldAlignment = std::max(MaxLLVMFieldAlignment, ValLLVMAlign);
  }

  // LLVMNaturalByteOffset - This is where LLVM would drop the field if we
  // slap it onto the end of the struct.
  uint64_t LLVMNaturalByteOffset
    = TargetData::RoundUpAlignment(NextFieldByteStart, ValLLVMAlign);

  // If adding the LLVM field would push it over too far, then we must have a
  // case that requires the LLVM struct to be packed.  Do it now if so.
  if (LLVMNaturalByteOffset*8 > GCCFieldOffsetInBits) {
    // Switch to packed.
    ConvertToPacked();
    assert(NextFieldByteStart*8 <= GCCFieldOffsetInBits &&
           "Packing didn't fix the problem!");

    // Recurse to add the field after converting to packed.
    return AddFieldToRecordConstant(Val, GCCFieldOffsetInBits);
  }

  // If the LLVM offset is not large enough, we need to insert explicit
  // padding in the LLVM struct between the fields.
  if (LLVMNaturalByteOffset*8 < GCCFieldOffsetInBits) {
    // Insert enough padding to fully fill in the hole.  Insert padding from
    // NextFieldByteStart (not LLVMNaturalByteOffset) because the padding will
    // not get the same alignment as "Val".
    const Type *FillTy = Type::getInt8Ty(Context);
    if (GCCFieldOffsetInBits/8-NextFieldByteStart != 1)
      FillTy = ArrayType::get(FillTy,
                              GCCFieldOffsetInBits/8-NextFieldByteStart);
    ResultElts.push_back(Constant::getNullValue(FillTy));

    NextFieldByteStart = GCCFieldOffsetInBits/8;

    // Recurse to add the field.  This handles the case when the LLVM struct
    // needs to be converted to packed after inserting tail padding.
    return AddFieldToRecordConstant(Val, GCCFieldOffsetInBits);
  }

  // Slap 'Val' onto the end of our ConstantStruct, it must be known to land
  // at the right offset now.
  assert(LLVMNaturalByteOffset*8 == GCCFieldOffsetInBits);
  ResultElts.push_back(Val);
  NextFieldByteStart = LLVMNaturalByteOffset;
  NextFieldByteStart += TD.getTypeAllocSize(Val->getType());
}

/// AddBitFieldToRecordConstant - Bitfields can span multiple LLVM fields and
/// have other annoying properties, thus requiring extra layout rules.  This
/// routine handles the extra complexity and then forwards to
/// AddFieldToRecordConstant.
void ConstantLayoutInfo::
AddBitFieldToRecordConstant(ConstantInt *ValC, uint64_t GCCFieldOffsetInBits) {
  // If the GCC field starts after our current LLVM field then there must have
  // been an anonymous bitfield or other thing that shoved it over.  No matter,
  // just insert some i8 padding until there are bits to fill in.
  while (GCCFieldOffsetInBits > NextFieldByteStart*8) {
    ResultElts.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt8Ty(Context), 0));
    ++NextFieldByteStart;
  }

  // If the field is a bitfield, it could partially go in a previously
  // laid out structure member, and may add elements to the end of the currently
  // laid out structure.
  //
  // Since bitfields can only partially overlap other bitfields, because we
  // always emit components of bitfields as i8, and because we never emit tail
  // padding until we know it exists, this boils down to merging pieces of the
  // bitfield values into i8's.  This is also simplified by the fact that
  // bitfields can only be initialized by ConstantInts.  An interesting case is
  // sharing of tail padding in C++ structures.  Because this can only happen
  // in inheritance cases, and those are non-POD, we should never see them here.

  // First handle any part of Val that overlaps an already laid out field by
  // merging it into it.  By the above invariants, we know that it is an i8 that
  // we are merging into.  Note that we may be inserting *all* of Val into the
  // previous field.
  if (GCCFieldOffsetInBits < NextFieldByteStart*8) {
    unsigned ValBitSize = ValC->getBitWidth();
    assert(!ResultElts.empty() && "Bitfield starts before first element?");
    assert(ResultElts.back()->getType()->isIntegerTy(8) &&
           isa<ConstantInt>(ResultElts.back()) &&
           "Merging bitfield with non-bitfield value?");
    assert(NextFieldByteStart*8 - GCCFieldOffsetInBits < 8 &&
           "Bitfield overlaps backwards more than one field?");

    // Figure out how many bits can fit into the previous field given the
    // starting point in that field.
    unsigned BitsInPreviousField =
      unsigned(NextFieldByteStart*8 - GCCFieldOffsetInBits);
    assert(BitsInPreviousField != 0 && "Previous field should not be null!");

    // Split the bits that will be inserted into the previous element out of
    // Val into a new constant.  If Val is completely contained in the previous
    // element, this sets Val to null, otherwise we shrink Val to contain the
    // bits to insert in the next element.
    APInt ValForPrevField(ValC->getValue());
    if (BitsInPreviousField >= ValBitSize) {
      // The whole field fits into the previous field.
      ValC = 0;
    } else if (!BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) {
      // Little endian, take bits from the bottom of the field value.
      ValForPrevField.trunc(BitsInPreviousField);
      APInt Tmp = ValC->getValue();
      Tmp = Tmp.lshr(BitsInPreviousField);
      Tmp = Tmp.trunc(ValBitSize-BitsInPreviousField);
      ValC = ConstantInt::get(Context, Tmp);
    } else {
      // Big endian, take bits from the top of the field value.
      ValForPrevField = ValForPrevField.lshr(ValBitSize-BitsInPreviousField);
      ValForPrevField.trunc(BitsInPreviousField);

      APInt Tmp = ValC->getValue();
      Tmp = Tmp.trunc(ValBitSize-BitsInPreviousField);
      ValC = ConstantInt::get(Context, Tmp);
    }

    // Okay, we're going to insert ValForPrevField into the previous i8, extend
    // it and shift into place.
    ValForPrevField.zext(8);
    if (!BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) {
      ValForPrevField = ValForPrevField.shl(8-BitsInPreviousField);
    } else {
      // On big endian, if the entire field fits into the remaining space, shift
      // over to not take part of the next field's bits.
      if (BitsInPreviousField > ValBitSize)
        ValForPrevField = ValForPrevField.shl(BitsInPreviousField-ValBitSize);
    }

    // "or" in the previous value and install it.
    const APInt &LastElt = cast<ConstantInt>(ResultElts.back())->getValue();
    ResultElts.back() = ConstantInt::get(Context, ValForPrevField | LastElt);

    // If the whole bit-field fit into the previous field, we're done.
    if (ValC == 0) return;
    GCCFieldOffsetInBits = NextFieldByteStart*8;
  }

  APInt Val = ValC->getValue();

  // Okay, we know that we're plopping bytes onto the end of the struct.
  // Iterate while there is stuff to do.
  while (1) {
    ConstantInt *ValToAppend;
    if (Val.getBitWidth() > 8) {
      if (!BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) {
        // Little endian lays out low bits first.
        APInt Tmp = Val;
        Tmp.trunc(8);
        ValToAppend = ConstantInt::get(Context, Tmp);

        Val = Val.lshr(8);
      } else {
        // Big endian lays out high bits first.
        APInt Tmp = Val;
        Tmp = Tmp.lshr(Tmp.getBitWidth()-8);
        Tmp.trunc(8);
        ValToAppend = ConstantInt::get(Context, Tmp);
      }
    } else if (Val.getBitWidth() == 8) {
      ValToAppend = ConstantInt::get(Context, Val);
    } else {
      APInt Tmp = Val;
      Tmp.zext(8);

      if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
        Tmp = Tmp << 8-Val.getBitWidth();
      ValToAppend = ConstantInt::get(Context, Tmp);
    }

    ResultElts.push_back(ValToAppend);
    ++NextFieldByteStart;

    if (Val.getBitWidth() <= 8)
      break;
    Val.trunc(Val.getBitWidth()-8);
  }
}


/// HandleTailPadding - Check to see if the struct fields, as laid out so far,
/// will be large enough to make the generated constant struct have the right
/// size.  If not, add explicit tail padding.  If rounding up based on the LLVM
/// IR alignment would make the struct too large, convert it to a packed LLVM
/// struct.
void ConstantLayoutInfo::HandleTailPadding(uint64_t GCCStructBitSize) {
  uint64_t GCCStructSize = (GCCStructBitSize+7)/8;
  uint64_t LLVMNaturalSize =
    TargetData::RoundUpAlignment(NextFieldByteStart, MaxLLVMFieldAlignment);

  // If the total size of the laid out data is within the size of the GCC type
  // but the rounded-up size (including the tail padding induced by LLVM
  // alignment) is too big, convert to a packed struct type.  We don't do this
  // if the size of the laid out fields is too large because initializers like
  //
  //    struct X { int A; char C[]; } x = { 4, "foo" };
  //
  // can occur and no amount of packing will help.
  if (NextFieldByteStart <= GCCStructSize &&   // Not flexible init case.
      LLVMNaturalSize > GCCStructSize) {       // Tail pad will overflow type.
    assert(!StructIsPacked && "LLVM Struct type overflow!");

    // Switch to packed.
    ConvertToPacked();
    LLVMNaturalSize = NextFieldByteStart;

    // Verify that packing solved the problem.
    assert(LLVMNaturalSize <= GCCStructSize &&
           "Oversized should be handled by packing");
  }

  // If the LLVM Size is too small, add some tail padding to fill it in.
  if (LLVMNaturalSize < GCCStructSize) {
    const Type *FillTy = Type::getInt8Ty(Context);
    if (GCCStructSize - NextFieldByteStart != 1)
      FillTy = ArrayType::get(FillTy, GCCStructSize - NextFieldByteStart);
    ResultElts.push_back(Constant::getNullValue(FillTy));
    NextFieldByteStart = GCCStructSize;

    // At this point, we know that our struct should have the right size.
    // However, if the size of the struct is not a multiple of the largest
    // element alignment, the rounding could bump up the struct more.  In this
    // case, we have to convert the struct to being packed.
    LLVMNaturalSize =
      TargetData::RoundUpAlignment(NextFieldByteStart, MaxLLVMFieldAlignment);

    // If the alignment will make the struct too big, convert it to being
    // packed.
    if (LLVMNaturalSize > GCCStructSize) {
      assert(!StructIsPacked && "LLVM Struct type overflow!");
      ConvertToPacked();
    }
  }
}

Constant *TreeConstantToLLVM::ConvertRecordCONSTRUCTOR(tree exp) {
  ConstantLayoutInfo LayoutInfo(getTargetData());

  tree NextField = TYPE_FIELDS(TREE_TYPE(exp));
  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT CtorIndex;
  tree FieldValue;
  tree Field; // The FIELD_DECL for the field.
  FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT(CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS(exp), CtorIndex, Field, FieldValue){
    // If an explicit field is specified, use it.
    if (Field == 0) {
      Field = NextField;
      // Advance to the next FIELD_DECL, skipping over other structure members
      // (e.g. enums).
      while (1) {
        assert(Field && "Fell off end of record!");
        if (TREE_CODE(Field) == FIELD_DECL) break;
        Field = TREE_CHAIN(Field);
      }
    }

    // Decode the field's value.
    Constant *Val = Convert(FieldValue);

    // GCCFieldOffsetInBits is where GCC is telling us to put the current field.
    uint64_t GCCFieldOffsetInBits = getFieldOffsetInBits(Field);
    NextField = TREE_CHAIN(Field);

    uint64_t FieldSizeInBits = 0;
    if (DECL_SIZE(Field))
      FieldSizeInBits = getInt64(DECL_SIZE(Field), true);
    uint64_t ValueSizeInBits = Val->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
    ConstantInt *ValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Val);
    if (ValC && ValC->isZero() && DECL_SIZE(Field)) {
      // G++ has various bugs handling {} initializers where it doesn't
      // synthesize a zero node of the right type.  Instead of figuring out G++,
      // just hack around it by special casing zero and allowing it to be the
      // wrong size.
      if (ValueSizeInBits != FieldSizeInBits) {
        APInt ValAsInt = ValC->getValue();
        ValC = ConstantInt::get(Context, ValueSizeInBits < FieldSizeInBits ?
                                         ValAsInt.zext(FieldSizeInBits) :
                                         ValAsInt.trunc(FieldSizeInBits));
        ValueSizeInBits = FieldSizeInBits;
        Val = ValC;
      }
    }

    // If this is a non-bitfield value, just slap it onto the end of the struct
    // with the appropriate padding etc.  If it is a bitfield, we have more
    // processing to do.
    if (!isBitfield(Field))
      LayoutInfo.AddFieldToRecordConstant(Val, GCCFieldOffsetInBits);
    else {
      // Bitfields can only be initialized with constants (integer constant
      // expressions).
      assert(ValC);
      assert(DECL_SIZE(Field));
      assert(ValueSizeInBits >= FieldSizeInBits &&
             "disagreement between LLVM and GCC on bitfield size");
      if (ValueSizeInBits != FieldSizeInBits) {
        // Fields are allowed to be smaller than their type.  Simply discard
        // the unwanted upper bits in the field value.
        APInt ValAsInt = ValC->getValue();
        ValC = ConstantInt::get(Context, ValAsInt.trunc(FieldSizeInBits));
      }
      LayoutInfo.AddBitFieldToRecordConstant(ValC, GCCFieldOffsetInBits);
    }
  }

  // Check to see if the struct fields, as laid out so far, will be large enough
  // to make the generated constant struct have the right size.  If not, add
  // explicit tail padding.  If rounding up based on the LLVM IR alignment would
  // make the struct too large, convert it to a packed LLVM struct.
  tree StructTypeSizeTree = TYPE_SIZE(TREE_TYPE(exp));
  if (StructTypeSizeTree && TREE_CODE(StructTypeSizeTree) == INTEGER_CST)
    LayoutInfo.HandleTailPadding(getInt64(StructTypeSizeTree, true));

  // Okay, we're done, return the computed elements.
  return ConstantStruct::get(Context, LayoutInfo.ResultElts,
                             LayoutInfo.StructIsPacked);
}

Constant *TreeConstantToLLVM::ConvertUnionCONSTRUCTOR(tree exp) {
  assert(!VEC_empty(constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS(exp))
         && "Union CONSTRUCTOR has no elements? Zero?");

  VEC(constructor_elt, gc) *elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS(exp);
  assert(VEC_length(constructor_elt, elt) == 1
         && "Union CONSTRUCTOR with multiple elements?");

  ConstantLayoutInfo LayoutInfo(getTargetData());

  // Convert the constant itself.
  Constant *Val = Convert(VEC_index(constructor_elt, elt, 0)->value);

  // Unions are initialized using the first member field.  Find it.
  tree Field = TYPE_FIELDS(TREE_TYPE(exp));
  assert(Field && "cannot initialize union with no fields");
  while (TREE_CODE(Field) != FIELD_DECL) {
    Field = TREE_CHAIN(Field);
    assert(Field && "cannot initialize union with no fields");
  }

  // If this is a non-bitfield value, just slap it onto the end of the struct
  // with the appropriate padding etc.  If it is a bitfield, we have more
  // processing to do.
  if (!isBitfield(Field))
    LayoutInfo.AddFieldToRecordConstant(Val, 0);
  else {
    // Bitfields can only be initialized with constants (integer constant
    // expressions).
    ConstantInt *ValC = cast<ConstantInt>(Val);
    uint64_t FieldSizeInBits = getInt64(DECL_SIZE(Field), true);
    uint64_t ValueSizeInBits = Val->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();

    assert(ValueSizeInBits >= FieldSizeInBits &&
           "disagreement between LLVM and GCC on bitfield size");
    if (ValueSizeInBits != FieldSizeInBits) {
      // Fields are allowed to be smaller than their type.  Simply discard
      // the unwanted upper bits in the field value.
      APInt ValAsInt = ValC->getValue();
      ValC = ConstantInt::get(Context, ValAsInt.trunc(FieldSizeInBits));
    }
    LayoutInfo.AddBitFieldToRecordConstant(ValC, 0);
  }

  // If the union has a fixed size, and if the value we converted isn't large
  // enough to fill all the bits, add a zero initialized array at the end to pad
  // it out.
  tree UnionTypeSizeTree = TYPE_SIZE(TREE_TYPE(exp));
  if (UnionTypeSizeTree && TREE_CODE(UnionTypeSizeTree) == INTEGER_CST)
    LayoutInfo.HandleTailPadding(getInt64(UnionTypeSizeTree, true));

  return ConstantStruct::get(Context, LayoutInfo.ResultElts,
                             LayoutInfo.StructIsPacked);
}

//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//                  ... Constant Expressions L-Values ...
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

Constant *TreeConstantToLLVM::EmitLV(tree exp) {
  Constant *LV;

  switch (TREE_CODE(exp)) {
  default:
    debug_tree(exp);
    assert(0 && "Unknown constant lvalue to convert!");
    abort();
  case FUNCTION_DECL:
  case CONST_DECL:
  case VAR_DECL:
    LV = EmitLV_Decl(exp);
    break;
  case LABEL_DECL:
    LV = EmitLV_LABEL_DECL(exp);
    break;
  case COMPLEX_CST:
    LV = EmitLV_COMPLEX_CST(exp);
    break;
  case STRING_CST:
    LV = EmitLV_STRING_CST(exp);
    break;
  case COMPONENT_REF:
    LV = EmitLV_COMPONENT_REF(exp);
    break;
  case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
  case ARRAY_REF:
    LV = EmitLV_ARRAY_REF(exp);
    break;
  case INDIRECT_REF:
    // The lvalue is just the address.
    LV = Convert(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 0));
    break;
  case COMPOUND_LITERAL_EXPR: // FIXME: not gimple - defined by C front-end
    /* This used to read
       return EmitLV(COMPOUND_LITERAL_EXPR_DECL(exp));
       but gcc warns about that and there doesn't seem to be any way to stop it
       with casts or the like.  The following is equivalent with no checking
       (since we know TREE_CODE(exp) is COMPOUND_LITERAL_EXPR the checking
       doesn't accomplish anything anyway). */
    LV = EmitLV(DECL_EXPR_DECL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
    break;
  }

  // Check that the type of the lvalue is indeed that of a pointer to the tree
  // node.  Since LLVM has no void* type, don't insist that void* be converted
  // to a specific LLVM type.
  assert((VOID_TYPE_P(TREE_TYPE(exp)) ||
          LV->getType() == ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp))->getPointerTo()) &&
         "LValue of constant has wrong type!");

  return LV;
}

Constant *TreeConstantToLLVM::EmitLV_Decl(tree exp) {
  GlobalValue *Val = cast<GlobalValue>(DEFINITION_LLVM(exp));

  // The type of the global value output for exp need not match that of exp.
  // For example if the global's initializer has a different type to the global
  // itself (allowed in GCC but not in LLVM) then the global is changed to have
  // the type of the initializer.  Correct for this now.
  const Type *Ty = ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp));
  if (Ty->isVoidTy()) Ty = Type::getInt8Ty(Context);  // void* -> i8*.

  return TheFolder->CreateBitCast(Val, Ty->getPointerTo());
}

/// EmitLV_LABEL_DECL - Someone took the address of a label.
Constant *TreeConstantToLLVM::EmitLV_LABEL_DECL(tree exp) {
  assert(TheTreeToLLVM &&
         "taking the address of a label while not compiling the function!");

  // Figure out which function this is for, verify it's the one we're compiling.
  if (DECL_CONTEXT(exp)) {
    assert(TREE_CODE(DECL_CONTEXT(exp)) == FUNCTION_DECL &&
           "Address of label in nested function?");
    assert(TheTreeToLLVM->getFUNCTION_DECL() == DECL_CONTEXT(exp) &&
           "Taking the address of a label that isn't in the current fn!?");
  }

  return TheTreeToLLVM->EmitLV_LABEL_DECL(exp);
}

Constant *TreeConstantToLLVM::EmitLV_COMPLEX_CST(tree exp) {
  Constant *Init = TreeConstantToLLVM::ConvertCOMPLEX_CST(exp);

  // Cache the constants to avoid making obvious duplicates that have to be
  // folded by the optimizer.
  static std::map<Constant*, GlobalVariable*> ComplexCSTCache;
  GlobalVariable *&Slot = ComplexCSTCache[Init];
  if (Slot) return Slot;

  // Create a new complex global.
  Slot = new GlobalVariable(*TheModule, Init->getType(), true,
                            GlobalVariable::PrivateLinkage, Init, ".cpx");
  return Slot;
}

Constant *TreeConstantToLLVM::EmitLV_STRING_CST(tree exp) {
  Constant *Init = TreeConstantToLLVM::ConvertSTRING_CST(exp);

  GlobalVariable **SlotP = 0;

  // Cache the string constants to avoid making obvious duplicate strings that
  // have to be folded by the optimizer.
  static std::map<Constant*, GlobalVariable*> StringCSTCache;
  GlobalVariable *&Slot = StringCSTCache[Init];
  if (Slot) return Slot;
  SlotP = &Slot;

  // Create a new string global.
  GlobalVariable *GV = new GlobalVariable(*TheModule, Init->getType(), true,
                                          GlobalVariable::PrivateLinkage, Init,
                                          ".str");
  GV->setAlignment(get_constant_alignment(exp) / 8);

  if (SlotP) *SlotP = GV;
  return GV;
}

Constant *TreeConstantToLLVM::EmitLV_ARRAY_REF(tree exp) {
  tree Array = TREE_OPERAND(exp, 0);
  tree Index = TREE_OPERAND(exp, 1);
  tree IndexType = TREE_TYPE(Index);
  assert(TREE_CODE(TREE_TYPE(Array)) == ARRAY_TYPE && "Unknown ARRAY_REF!");

  // Check for variable sized reference.
  // FIXME: add support for array types where the size doesn't fit into 64 bits
  assert(isSequentialCompatible(TREE_TYPE(Array)) &&
         "Global with variable size?");

  // First subtract the lower bound, if any, in the type of the index.
  Constant *IndexVal = Convert(Index);
  tree LowerBound = array_ref_low_bound(exp);
  if (!integer_zerop(LowerBound))
    IndexVal = TYPE_UNSIGNED(TREE_TYPE(Index)) ?
      TheFolder->CreateSub(IndexVal, Convert(LowerBound)) :
      TheFolder->CreateNSWSub(IndexVal, Convert(LowerBound));

  const Type *IntPtrTy = getTargetData().getIntPtrType(Context);
  IndexVal = TheFolder->CreateIntCast(IndexVal, IntPtrTy,
                                      /*isSigned*/!TYPE_UNSIGNED(IndexType));

  // Avoid any assumptions about how the array type is represented in LLVM by
  // doing the GEP on a pointer to the first array element.
  Constant *ArrayAddr = EmitLV(Array);
  const Type *EltTy = ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(TREE_TYPE(Array)));
  ArrayAddr = TheFolder->CreateBitCast(ArrayAddr, EltTy->getPointerTo());

  return POINTER_TYPE_OVERFLOW_UNDEFINED ?
    TheFolder->CreateInBoundsGetElementPtr(ArrayAddr, &IndexVal, 1) :
    TheFolder->CreateGetElementPtr(ArrayAddr, &IndexVal, 1);
}

Constant *TreeConstantToLLVM::EmitLV_COMPONENT_REF(tree exp) {
  Constant *StructAddrLV = EmitLV(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 0));

  tree FieldDecl = TREE_OPERAND(exp, 1);
  const Type *StructTy = ConvertType(DECL_CONTEXT(FieldDecl));

  StructAddrLV = TheFolder->CreateBitCast(StructAddrLV,
                                          StructTy->getPointerTo());
  const Type *FieldTy = ConvertType(getDeclaredType(FieldDecl));

  // BitStart - This is the actual offset of the field from the start of the
  // struct, in bits.  For bitfields this may be on a non-byte boundary.
  unsigned BitStart;
  Constant *FieldPtr;

  // If the GCC field directly corresponds to an LLVM field, handle it.
  unsigned MemberIndex = GetFieldIndex(FieldDecl, StructTy);
  if (MemberIndex < INT_MAX) {
    // Get a pointer to the byte in which the GCC field starts.
    Constant *Ops[] = {
      Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(Context)),
      ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Context), MemberIndex)
    };
    FieldPtr = TheFolder->CreateInBoundsGetElementPtr(StructAddrLV, Ops, 2);
    // Within that byte, the bit at which the GCC field starts.
    BitStart = TREE_INT_CST_LOW(DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 1)));
    BitStart &= 7;
  } else {
    // Offset will hold the field offset in octets.
    Constant *Offset;

    assert(!(BITS_PER_UNIT & 7) && "Unit size not a multiple of 8 bits!");
    if (TREE_OPERAND(exp, 2)) {
      Offset = Convert(TREE_OPERAND(exp, 2));
      // At this point the offset is measured in units divided by (exactly)
      // (DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN / BITS_PER_UNIT).  Convert to octets.
      unsigned factor = DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN(FieldDecl) / 8;
      if (factor != 1)
        Offset = TheFolder->CreateMul(Offset,
                                      ConstantInt::get(Offset->getType(),
                                                       factor));
    } else {
      assert(DECL_FIELD_OFFSET(FieldDecl) && "Field offset not available!");
      Offset = Convert(DECL_FIELD_OFFSET(FieldDecl));
      // At this point the offset is measured in units.  Convert to octets.
      unsigned factor = BITS_PER_UNIT / 8;
      if (factor != 1)
        Offset = TheFolder->CreateMul(Offset,
                                      ConstantInt::get(Offset->getType(),
                                                       factor));
    }

    // Here BitStart gives the offset of the field in bits from Offset.
    BitStart = getInt64(DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET(FieldDecl), true);
    // Incorporate as much of it as possible into the pointer computation.
    unsigned ByteOffset = BitStart/8;
    if (ByteOffset > 0) {
      Offset = TheFolder->CreateAdd(Offset,
                                    ConstantInt::get(Offset->getType(),
                                                     ByteOffset));
      BitStart -= ByteOffset*8;
    }

    const Type *BytePtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context);
    FieldPtr = TheFolder->CreateBitCast(StructAddrLV, BytePtrTy);
    FieldPtr = TheFolder->CreateInBoundsGetElementPtr(FieldPtr, &Offset, 1);
    FieldPtr = TheFolder->CreateBitCast(FieldPtr, FieldTy->getPointerTo());
  }

  // Make sure we return a pointer to the right type.
  const Type *EltTy = ConvertType(TREE_TYPE(exp));
  FieldPtr = TheFolder->CreateBitCast(FieldPtr, EltTy->getPointerTo());

  assert(BitStart == 0 &&
         "It's a bitfield reference or we didn't get to the field!");
  return FieldPtr;
}